As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2022

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2022

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Athene Annuity and Life Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Iowa

6311

42-0175020

(State or other jurisdiction of

(Primary Standard Industrial

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

Classification Code)

Identification Number)

7700 Mills Civic Parkway

West Des Moines, IA 50266-3862

(888) 266-8489

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Blaine Doerrfeld

Athene Annuity and Life Company

7700 Mills Civic Parkway

West Des Moines, IA 50266-3862

(888) 266-8489

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copy to:

Stephen E. Roth, Esq.

Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP

700 Sixth Street, N.W.

Washington, DC

20001-3980

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: Continuously on and after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check

the following box. x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the

Securities Act registration statement number of earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration

statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration

statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging

growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,”

Large accelerated filer ¨

Accelerated filer ¨

Non-accelerated filer x

Smaller reporting company ¨

Emerging growth company ¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment

which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement

shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

Table of Contents

~~The~~Athene® information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.Amplify

Subject to Completion Dated March 11, 2022

Athene® Amplify 2.0 NF

Single Purchase Payment Index-Linked

Deferred Annuity Contract

Issued by:

Athene Annuity and Life Company

7700 Mills Civic Parkway

West Des Moines, IA 50266-3862

Tel. (888) 266-8489

This prospectus describes the Athene® Amplify ~~2.0 NF~~ Single Purchase Payment Index-Linked Deferred Annuity Contract (the Contract) issued by Athene Annuity and Life Company (the Company, we or us) that is designed for retirement or other long-term investment purposes. ~~The Company does not allow additional Purchase Payments after the initial Purchase Payment.~~

The Contract offers index-linked investment options (Index-Linked Segment Options) that provide returns (Segment Credits) based on the performance of a broad-based index or indices (the Reference Index). Segment Credits are paid by the Company and are subject to its claims paying ability. We calculate Segment Credits based on the changes in the value of the Reference Index ~~for~~of ~~Index-Linked~~the Segment ~~Options~~Option. Currently the ~~Index-Linked~~ Segment Options calculate Segment Credits based on the S&P 500® Price Return Index (S&P 500® Index), the Russell 2000® Price Return Index (Russell 2000® Index), the MSCI EAFE Price Return Index (MSCI EAFE Index), ~~the Nasdaq-100® Price Return Index (Nasdaq-100® Index), the Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Mid-Month Sector TR Net Index (Shiller Barclays CAPE® Index),~~ or a weighted ~~average~~combination ~~return~~ of the ~~S&P~~return ~~500®,~~on ~~Russell~~the ~~2000®,~~three ~~and MSCI EAFE~~ indices (the Performance Blend Segment Option) that is available in a Buffer Segment Option with a 6-year Segment Term ~~Period~~. Additionally, the Contract offers a Fixed Segment ~~Option~~Options that ~~determines~~determine Segment Credits at a guaranteed interest rate. ~~Segment Credits for Index-Linked Segment Options may be positive or negative, while Segment Credits for the Fixed Segment Option will always be positive.~~

~~All~~ Index-Linked Segment Options ~~are~~offer ~~Buffer~~different levels of protection. Floor Segment Options include a Floor, which establishes the maximum amount of negative Index Change that may be applied to determine Segment Credits for the Segment Option. Buffer Segment Options include a Buffer ~~Rate~~, which establishes the maximum amount of negative index performance on a Segment End Date that we will absorb before applying negative Segment Credits to the Segment Option. ~~Index-Linked~~A negative Segment ~~Options~~Credit will ~~have~~apply afor ~~Cap~~any ~~Rate~~negative ~~and~~Index aChange ~~Participation~~or Aggregate Index Change in excess of the Buffer Rate. AIndex-Linked Segment Options will also have a Cap Rate, which establishes the maximum positive Index performance that may be applied to athe ~~specified time period for that~~ Segment Option., Aand a Participation Rate that is multiplied by positive Index performance after the application of the Cap to determine the amount of Segment Credits applied to the Segment Option. The Performance Blend Segment Option will also include Index Allocation Percentages to determine the Aggregate Index Change.

Segment Credits applied to the Index-Linked Segment Options on the Segment End Date will fluctuate in value based on the performance of the Reference Index, and you may lose money, including your principal and previously credited Segment Credits. Depending on the performance of the Reference Index and the Segment Option you select, such losses may be significant. Segment Credits will reflect only the difference in the value of the Reference Index on the Segment Start Date and the Segment End Date, which will vary from and can be significantly lower than the difference on intermediate dates during the Segment Term Period. In addition, the ongoing deduction of Segment Fees from Index-Linked Segment Option will reduce Segment Value.

The risk of loss becomes greater if you take a Withdrawal or surrender the Contract. The Interest Adjustment, which applies to all Withdrawals and surrenders during the first six Contract Years, will be negative ~~and reduce proceeds payable on Withdrawal or surrender~~ if interest rates have risen since your Contract Date. The Equity Adjustment, which applies to Withdrawals and surrenders from Index-Linked Segment Options before the Segment End Date, may be negative even when the value of the Reference Index has increased or has declined less than the Buffer Rate for a Buffer Segment Option. ~~This~~Similarly, ~~Contract~~the isEquity ~~not~~Adjustment ~~intended~~may ~~for~~reduce ~~someone~~the ~~who~~Segment isInterim ~~seeking~~Value ~~complete protection from downside risk or someone who plans to take Withdrawals in excess~~ of ~~the~~a ~~annual~~Floor ~~Free~~Segment ~~Withdrawal~~Option ~~amount~~by ormore ~~surrender~~than the ~~Contract~~applicable ~~during~~Floor ~~the first six Contract Years~~Rate. During the first six Contract Years, the Withdrawal Charge will further reduce proceeds payable on a Withdrawal greater than the Free Withdrawal amount or on a surrender of the Contract. Even if Segment Credits are positive, the deduction of fees and charges, Withdrawal Charges, and any applicable Equity Adjustments or Interest Adjustments, may reduce your Cash Surrender Value below your Purchase Payment and previously credited Segment Credits, or below the protection provided by the Buffer Rate. Withdrawals or surrenders may be subject to income tax and to an additional 10% federal tax penalty if made before the Owner is age 591/2. Withdrawals will also reduce the amount of any potential positive Segment Credits due to the reduction in Contract Value associated with a Withdrawal.

The Company is not an investment advisor and does not provide any investment advice to you with respect to the Contract. Athene Securities LLC (Athene Securities) is the distributing underwriter for the Contract and does not provide any investment advice to you with respect to the Contract. Prospective purchasers may apply to purchase a Contract through broker-dealers or other financial institutions that have entered into a selling agreement with Athene Securities.

The Contract is a complex insurance and investment vehicle. Before you invest, you should speak with your Financial Professional about the Contract’s features, benefits, risks, and fees and whether the Contract is appropriate for you based on your financial situation and objectives.

The prospectus describes all material rights and obligations under the Contract~~, including material state variations~~. You should study this prospectus and retain it along with a copy of the Contract for future reference.

All guarantees under the Contract are obligations of the Company and are subject to its creditworthiness and financial strength.

For additional information on risks associated with owning the Contract see Section 4 “Contract Risk Factors” on page 1413.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus is not an offer to sell those securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

This Contract is not a bank deposit and is not insured by the FDIC or NCUSIF.

This Contract is a security. It involves investment risk and may lose value.

The date of this prospectus is April 29, 2022

Table of Contents

		Table of Contents
1.	Glossary		1
2.	At a Glance Product Summary		76
	General Product Description and Purpose		76
	Purchase Payment		76
	Issue Ages		76
	Segment Options		87
	Performance Lock		10
	Setting Your Segment Start and End Date		9
	Setting Your Segment Start Date, Segment End Date. and Observation Dates		11
	Accessing Your Contract Value		10
	Accessing Your Contract Value		12
	Interim Value Calculation		10
	Interim Value Calculation		12
	Death Benefit		10
	Death Benefit		12
	Settlement Options Description		11
	Settlement Options Description		13
	Right to Cancel		11
	Right to Cancel		13
3.	Contract Fees and Charges		11
3.	Contract Charges		13
	Segment Fees		11
	Withdrawal Charges		1312
	Premium Tax		1413
4.	Contract Risk Factors		1413
	Risk of Loss		1513
	Liquidity Risk		1514
	Changes to Cap Rates, Participation Rates, Buffer Rates, and Annual Interest Rates		16
	Changes to Cap Rates, Participation Rates, Buffer Rates, Floor Rates, and Annual Interest Rates		14
	Risks Associated with Performance Lock		16
	Risks Associated with Indices		15
	Risks Associated with Indices		17
	S&P 500® Price Return Index		15
	S&P 500® Price Return Index		17
	Russell 2000® Price Return Index		15
	Russell 2000® Price Return Index		17
	MSCI EAFE Price Return Index		15
	MSCI EAFE Price Return Index		17
	Discontinuation or Substitution of an Index		15
	Nasdaq-100® Price Return Index		17
	Elimination of Segment Options After the Withdrawal Charge Period		16
	Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Mid-Month Sector TR Net Index		18
	Our Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability		16
	Discontinuation or Substitution of an Index		18
	Regulatory Protection		16
	Elimination of Segment Options After the Withdrawal Charge Period		19
	No Ownership of Underlying Securities		16
	Our Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability		19
	The Separate Account		16
	Regulatory Protection		19
	Cybersecurity and Business Continuity Risk		17
	No Ownership of Underlying Securities		19
	Uncertainty Regarding Availability of the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR")		17
	The Separate Account		19
5.	About the Indices		18
	Cybersecurity and Business Continuity Risk		20
	S&P 500® Price Return Index		18
	Uncertainty Regarding Availability of the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR")		20
	Russell 2000® Price Return Index		19
5.	About the Indices		20
	MSCI EAFE Price Return Index		19
	S&P 500® Price Return Index		20
	The Performance Blend Segment Option		20
	Russell 2000® Price Return Index		21
	Discontinuation or Substitution of an Index		20
	MSCI EAFE Price Return Index		21
6.	Ownership, Annuitants, Determining Life and Beneficiaries		22
	Nasdaq-100® Price Return Index		21
	Owner, Joint Owner		22
	Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Mid-Month Sector TR Net Index		21
	Annuitant, Joint Annuitants		22
	The Performance Blend Segment Option		22
	Death Benefit		22
	Discontinuation or Substitution of an Index		22
	Beneficiary		23
6.	Ownership, Annuitants, Determining Life and Beneficiaries		24
	Change of Annuitant		24
	Owner, Joint Owner		24
	Change of Beneficiary		24
	Annuitant, Joint Annuitants		24
	Misstatement of Age or Gender		24
	Death Benefit		24
7.	Purchasing the Contract		24
	Beneficiary		25
	Purchase Payment		25
	Change of Annuitant		26
	Allocation of Purchase Payment		26
	Change of Beneficiary		26
	Right to Cancel		26
	Misstatement of Age or Gender		26
8.	The Segment Options		26
7.	Purchasing the Contract		26
	Fundamentals of a Buffer Segment Option		27

Table of Contents

	Purchase Payment	27
	Fundamentals of a Floor Segment Option	30
	Allocation of Purchase Payment	27
	Fundamentals of a Fixed Segment Option	32
	Right to Cancel	28
	Cap Rates	32
8.	The Segment Options	28
	Participation Rate	33
	Fundamentals of the Point to Point Crediting Method	29
	Annual Interest Rate	33
	Fundamentals of the Milestone Lock Crediting Method	33
	Segment Term Period	34
	Fundamentals of the Fixed Crediting Method	36
	Setting the Cap Rates, Participation Rates, Segment Fee, and Annual Interest Rates	34
	Cap Rate	37
	Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision	35
	Participation Rate	37
9.	Transfer on Segment End Dates	35
	Annual Interest Rate	38
	Transfers Between Segment Options by Request	35
	Segment Term Period	39
10.	Contract Values	36
	Setting the Cap Rates, Participation Rates, and Annual Interest Rates	39
	Contract Value	36
	Performance Lock	39
	Segment Value	36
	Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision	41
	Segment Interim Value	36
9.	Transfer on Segment End Dates	41
	Interest Adjustment	37
	Transfers Between Segment Options by Request	41
	Equity Adjustment	38
10.	Contract Values	41
	Access to your Contract Value	40
	Contract Value	42
	Free Withdrawals	42
	Segment Value	42
	Required Minimum Distribution	43
	Segment Interim Value	42
	Confinement Waiver	43
	Interest Adjustment	43
	Terminal Illness Waiver	45
	Equity Adjustment	44
	The Separate Account	45
	Access to your Contract Value	47
	The General Account	46
	Free Withdrawals	48
11.	Statements	46
	Required Minimum Distribution	49
12.	Annuity Phase	46
	Confinement Waiver	49
	Election of Option	46
	Terminal Illness Waiver	51
	Settlement Options	47
	The Separate Account	51
	Death of Owner on or after the Annuity Date	48
	The General Account	52
13.	State Specific Contract Considerations	48
11.	Statements	52
14.	Tax Information	49
12.	Annuity Phase	52
	Tax Status of the Contracts	49
	Election of Option	52
	Taxation of Non-Qualified Contracts	49
	Settlement Options	53
	Taxation of Qualified Contracts	51
	Death of Owner on or after the Annuity Date	54
	Federal Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Transfer Taxes	52
13.	State Specific Contract Considerations	54
	Medicare Tax	52
14.	Tax Information	55
	Definition of Spouse under Federal Law	52
	Tax Status of the Contracts	55
	Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations	52
	Taxation of Non-Qualified Contracts	55
	1035 Exchanges	53
	Taxation of Qualified Contracts	57
	Possible Tax Law Changes	53
	Federal Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Transfer Taxes	58
15.	Other Information	53
	Medicare Tax	58
	Assignment	53
	Definition of Spouse under Federal Law	58
	Distribution	53
	Annuity Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations	58
	Amendments to the Contract	54
	1035 Exchanges	58
	Misstatements	55
	Possible Tax Law Changes	59
	Owner Questions	55
15.	Other Information	59
	State Regulation	55
	Assignment	59
	Evidence of Death, Age, Gender, or Survival	55
	Distribution	59
	Independent Auditors	55
	Amendments to the Contract	60
	Legal Matters	55
	Misstatements	60
16.	Information about the Company	55
	Owner Questions	61
	Reliance on Rule 12h-7	55
	State Regulation	61
	Information on the Company’s Business and Property	55
	Evidence of Death, Age, Gender, or Survival	61
	Legal Proceedings	77

Table of Contents

	Independent Auditors	61
	Directors and Executive Officers	78
	Legal Matters	61
	Executive Compensation	82
16.	Information about the Company	62
	Securities Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management	98
	Reliance on Rule 12h-7	62
	Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons	98
	Company Related Risk Factors	111
	Corporate Governance	123
	Selected Financial Data	124
	Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements	124
	Management’s Discussion and Analysis	127
	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	151
	Financial Statements	154
	Appendix A - Segment Interim Value Examples	A-1
	Appendix B - Performance Lock Examples	B-1
	Appendix B - State Variation Chart	B-1
	Appendix C - State Variation Chart	C-1
	Appendix C - Financial Statements	C-1
	Appendix D - Index Disclosures	D-1

iii

Table of Contents

1. Glossary

Accumulation Phase: The period of time between the Contract Date and the Annuity Date, unless the Contract is terminated.

Administrative Office: Mail Processing Center, P.O. Box 1555, Des Moines, IA 50306-1555; (888) 266-8489.

Aggregate Index Change: Used in the calculation of the Segment Credit on the Performance Blend Segment Option. This Segment Option uses three indices in its calculation. On the Segment End Date, we calculate the Index Change for each of these indices. The Aggregate Index Change is the sum of the Index Change for the best performing index multiplied by Index Allocation Percentage 1 (50%) plus the Index Change for the second best performing index multiplied by Index Allocation Percentage 2 (30%) plus the Index Change for the third best performing index multiplied by Index Allocation Percentage 3 (20%).

Annuitant, Joint Annuitant: The Annuitant is the natural person named on the Contract schedule whose life determines the Annuity Payments made under your Contract. We will allow you to name two natural persons on the application as Joint Annuitants. If there is a Joint Annuitant, the Joint Annuitant must be the Annuitant’s spouse.

Annuity Date: The Contract Anniversary on or first following the later of the Annuitant’s ~~attaining~~ age 95, or the 10th Contract Anniversary. In the case of Joint Annuitants, the Annuity Date will be set based on the age of the older Joint Annuitant. You may select an earlier Annuity Date, which may be any time after the Contract Date, by Notice provided to us. The revised Annuity Date must be at least 10 days after our receipt of your Notice.

Annual Interest Rate: The annual rate used to calculate Segment Credits on the Fixed Segment Option.

Annuity Payments: Payments paid to you or your designated payee in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Settlement Option elected by the Owner. The payments are made by us and commence on the Annuity Date.

Annuity Phase: The phase of the Contract when Annuity Payments are being made.

Bailout Rate: The threshold rate(s) set for each Segment Option for use in the initial Segment Term Period bailout provision, provided at the time of application and printed in your Contract schedule. ~~The~~Each Fixed Segment Option will have a Bailout Annual Interest Rate. Each Index-Linked Segment Option will have a Bailout Cap Rate and a Bailout Participation Rate. If the Annual Interest Rate, Cap Rate, or Participation Rate set at the first Segment Start Date is less than the corresponding Bailout Rate for a Segment Option to which you have allocated funds, you may cancel your Contract during the first sixty (60) days after your Contract Date and receive your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals.

Beneficiary: The person(s) or entity(ies) named by the Owner to receive the Death Benefit.

Buffer Rate (“Buffer”): The amount of negative Index Change ~~or Milestone Index Change~~ that we will absorb when calculating Segment Credits for a Buffer Segment Option. A negative Segment Credit will apply for any negative Index Change or Aggregate Index Change in excess of the Buffer Rate. For Milestone Lock Segment Options, a negative Milestone Credit Percentage will be used in the calculation of the Segment Credit if the final Milestone Index Change is negative in excess of the Buffer Rate.

Buffer Segment Option: An Index-Linked Segment Option that includes a Buffer Rate.

Business Day: Any day of the week except for Saturday, Sunday, and U.S. Federal holidays where U.S. stock exchanges are closed. Our Business Day ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Table of Contents

~~Business~~Cap ~~Day~~Rate: ~~Any~~The ~~day~~maximum ofpositive Index Change that will be used in the ~~week~~calculation ~~except~~of ~~for~~Segment ~~Saturday,~~Credits ~~Sunday,~~that ~~and~~may ~~U.S.~~be ~~Federal~~applied ~~holidays~~to ~~where~~a ~~U.S.~~Segment ~~stock~~Option ~~exchanges~~on ~~are~~the ~~closed~~Segment End Date. ~~Our~~There ~~Business~~is ~~Day~~one ~~ends~~Cap atRate ~~4:00~~per ~~p.m.~~Segment ~~Eastern~~Term ~~Time~~Period, which applies to the entire Segment Term Period.

~~Cap~~Cash ~~Rate~~Surrender Value: The ~~maximum~~Interim ~~positive~~Value ~~Index~~adjusted ~~Change~~for orany ~~Milestone~~applicable ~~Index~~Withdrawal ~~Change~~Charge. ~~that~~You ~~will~~may besurrender ~~used~~your inContract ~~the~~by ~~calculation~~making ofa ~~Segment~~request ~~Credits~~to ~~that~~our ~~may~~Administrative beOffice ~~applied~~at toany atime ~~Segment~~before ~~Option on~~ the ~~Segment~~Annuity ~~End~~ Date. ~~There~~and isbefore ~~one Cap Rate per Segment Term Period, which applies to~~ the ~~entire~~Death ~~Segment~~Benefit ~~Term~~becomes ~~Period~~payable.

Cash Surrender Value: The Interim Value adjusted for any applicable Withdrawal Charge. You may surrender your Contract by making a written request to our Administrative Office at any time before the Annuity Date and before the Death Benefit becomes payable.

Company (“we”, “us”, “our”, “ours”): Athene Annuity and Life Company.

Confinement Waiver of Withdrawal Charges: The waiver of Withdrawal Charges on a Withdrawal from your Contract upon meeting certain qualification requirements.

Contract: The Single Purchase Payment Index-Linked Deferred Annuity Contract described by this prospectus.

Contract Anniversary: Any twelve-month anniversary of the Contract Date. For example, if the Contract Date is January 1910, ~~2021~~2018, then the first Contract Anniversary is January 1910, ~~2022~~2019.

Contract Date: The date your Contract is issued, as shown on the Contract schedule.

Contract Value: The Contract Value at any time is equal to the sum of the Segment Values.

Contract Year: The twelve-month period that begins on the Contract Date and each Contract Anniversary. For example, if the Contract Date is January 1917, ~~2021~~2018, then the first Contract Year is the twelve-month period between January 1917, ~~2021~~2018 and January 1816, ~~2022~~2019.

Crediting Method: Used to determine the calculation of the Segment Credits. Crediting Methods include the Point-to-Point Crediting Method, Milestone Lock Crediting Method, and Fixed Crediting Method. Each Crediting Method has distinct methodology to calculate Segment Credits.

Death Benefit: During the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit will be equal to the greater of the Interim Value or the Purchase Payment less net proceeds from prior Withdrawals. After the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit will be equal to the Interim Value. The Death Benefit will be calculated as of the date of death. If the Owner is changed or an additional Owner is added during the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit will equal the Interim Value.

Equity Adjustment: A positive or negative adjustment to Segment Value that is applied to any Withdrawal from an Index-Linked Segment Option on a day other than a Segment End Date. The Equity Adjustment is equal to zero on the Segment End Date. The Equity Adjustment does not apply to ~~the~~a Fixed Segment Option.

Financial Professional: A registered representative of a broker-dealer that has a selling agreement with our principal underwriter, Athene Securities.

Fixed ~~Crediting~~Segment ~~Method~~Option: ~~The~~A ~~Crediting~~Segment ~~Method~~Option inthat ~~which~~calculates Segment Credits ~~are determined~~ daily based on ~~the~~a declared Annual Interest Rate. A Fixed Segment Option does not include a Reference Index.

~~Fixed~~Free ~~Segment Option~~Withdrawal: ~~The~~A ~~Segment~~Withdrawal ~~Option~~amount ~~that calculates Segment Credits daily based~~ on ~~the~~which ~~Fixed~~no ~~Crediting~~Withdrawal ~~Method.~~Charge ~~The Fixed Segment Option does not include a Reference Index~~applies.

Floor Rate (“Floor”): The maximum negative Index Change that may be applied in the calculation of Segment Credits to a Floor Segment Option on the Segment End Date.

Floor Segment Option: An Index-Linked Segment Option that includes a Floor Rate.

Table of Contents

Free Withdrawal: A Withdrawal amount on which no Withdrawal Charge applies. An Interest Adjustment and Equity Adjustment will still apply.

Good Order: A request, including an application, is in Good Order if it contains all the information we require to process the request. Good Order also includes delivering information on the correct form, with any required certifications, guarantees, and/or signatures to our Administrative Office.

Holding Account: An account that holds the Purchase Payment until it is allocated to the Segment Options according to the Segment Allocation Percentages you select. Interest is credited daily to the Holding Account at the Holding Account Fixed Interest Rate.

Holding Account Fixed Interest Rate: The annual rate used to calculate interest credited on amounts held in the Holding Account.

Index Allocation Percentage: The percentage used to calculate the portion of Index Change from each index that will be used in the Aggregate Index Change for our Performance Blend Segment Option.

Index Change: The percentage change in the Index Price of the Reference Index for the selected Segment Option, as measured from the Segment Start Date to the Segment End Date.

Index-Linked Segment Option: Any Segment Option that is not the Fixed Segment Option. An Index-Linked Segment Option includes a Reference Index.

Index Price: The Index Price for any date, including any Segment Start Date, Segment End Date, ~~Observation Date,~~ Annuity Date or date of death is the closing price of the Reference Index on that date. The closing price of the Reference Index is the price determined and published by the provider of the Reference Index at the end of each Business Day. Any change in price after the closing price has been published will not be reflected.

Interim Value: The Interim Value at any time is equal to the sum of the Segment Interim Values.

Interest Adjustment: A positive or negative adjustment to Segment Value that is applied to any Withdrawal during the first six years of the Contract, including Withdrawals taken on a Segment End Date. The Interest Adjustment approximates the change in value of debt instruments supporting the Contract, which we sell to fund the Withdrawal. The Interest Adjustment does not apply to any Withdrawal taken after the first six Contract Years.

IRA Account: The traditional Roth or other Individual Retirement Account established for the Owner and the Owner’s beneficiaries, through which a Contract may be purchased.

Milestone Credit Percentage: Used in the calculation of the Segment Credit and the Segment Interim Value on Milestone Lock Segment Options. If the Milestone Index Change is greater than or equal to the Milestone Threshold at the current Observation Date, or if the Segment End Date is reached, a Milestone Credit Percentage is determined based on the performance of the Reference Index and the applicable Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Buffer Rate. The final Milestone Credit Percentage will be determined on the Segment End Date, and may be negative.

Milestone Date: Used to determine the beginning Index Price when determining the Milestone Index Change. The initial Milestone Date is the Segment Start Date. If the Milestone Index Change is greater than or equal to the Milestone Threshold at an Observation Date, a subsequent Milestone Date will be established as of that Observation Date.

Table of Contents

Milestone Index Change: Used in the calculation of the Segment Credit on Milestone Lock Segment Options. It is the percentage change in the Index Price of the Reference Index for the selected Segment Option, as measured from the most recent Milestone Date to the current Observation Date.

Milestone Lock Crediting Method: A Crediting Method in which the Segment Credit is determined based on the performance of the Reference Index and the applicable Cap Rate, Participation Rate, Milestone Threshold, and Buffer Rate. The Reference Index performance is determined by observing the Index Price on selected Observation Dates.

Milestone Lock Segment Option: A sub-type of the Buffer Segment Option that calculates Segment Credits based on the Milestone Lock Crediting Method.

Milestone Threshold: The minimum Milestone Index Change needed in order to determine a Milestone Credit Percentage on the Milestone Lock Crediting Method. The Milestone Threshold will not change once your Contract is issued.

Non-Qualified Contract: A Contract that is not qualified for special tax treatment under sections of the Internal Revenue Code.

Notice, Notify, Notifying: Requests and information that you sign and that we receive and accept at our Administrative Office in any form offered by and acceptable to us.

Observation Date: A measuring point for calculating Segment Credits for Milestone Lock Segment Options. The first Observation Date occurs one year after the initial Milestone Date. Subsequent Observation Dates occur one year after the preceding Observation Date. The final Observation Date will occur on the Segment End Date.

Owner (“you”, “your”): The Contract Owner named in the application, or their successor or assignee if you provide Notice and the Company has acknowledged the assignment. If no Owner is named on the application, the Annuitant will be the Owner. If Joint Owners are named, all references to Owner shall mean the Joint Owners. The Joint Owner must be the Owner’s spouse.

Participation Rate: A percentage that is multiplied by any positive Index Change or Milestone Index Change, after the application of the Cap Rate, in the calculation of the Segment Credit. This percentage will not be less than 100%. There is one Participation Rate per Segment Term Period, which applies to the entire Segment Term Period.3

Performance Blend Segment Option: A sub-type of the Buffer Segment Option that calculates Segment Credits based on the Point-to-Point Crediting Method. This Segment Option calculates an Aggregate Index Change using three underlying indices, rather than an Index Change based on a single underlying index.

Performance Lock : A feature that allows you to capture the Performance Lock Value during the Segment Term Period of an Index-Linked Segment Option to which funds are currently allocated. Only one Performance Lock may be exercised per Segment Term Period for each Index-Linked Segment Option. A Performance Lock may not be applied retroactively and can only be exercised for the entire Segment Value. When a Performance Lock is exercised, the locked Index-Linked Segment Option will not receive a Segment Credit on the Segment End Date. Instead, the Performance Lock Value for that Segment Option will be transferred on the Performance Lock Date to the one-year Fixed Segment Option, where it will accrue interest daily for the remainder of the one-year Fixed Segment Term Period.

Performance Lock Date : The Performance Lock Date is the Business Day on which a Performance Lock request is received in Good Order by us.

Table of Contents

~~Performance~~ Participation ~~Lock Value~~ Rate: ~~The~~A ~~Performance~~percentage ~~Lock~~that ~~Value~~is ~~for~~multiplied anby ~~Index-Linked Segment Option on~~ any ~~Business~~positive ~~Day~~Index ~~during~~Change, aafter ~~Segment~~the ~~Term~~application ~~Period~~of ~~other than~~ the ~~Segment~~Cap ~~Start~~Rate, ~~Date and Segment End Date is equal~~ to calculate the Segment ~~Value plus the Equity Adjustment~~Credit. ~~Both~~This ~~the~~percentage ~~Segment Value and the Equity Adjustment used~~ will not be ~~based~~less onthan ~~values as of the end of that Business Day after all other transactions have been recorded~~100%. ~~The~~There ~~Performance Lock Value~~ is ~~only~~one ~~used~~Participation inRate ~~determining~~per aSegment ~~Performance~~Term ~~Lock~~Period, ~~and~~which ~~cannot~~applies beto ~~used in other transactions. There is no Performance Lock Value for~~ the ~~Fixed~~entire Segment ~~Option.~~Term Period.

~~Point-to-Point~~ Performance ~~Crediting~~Blend ~~Method~~Segment Option: A ~~Crediting~~sub-type ~~Method~~of ~~in which~~ the Buffer Segment ~~Credit~~Option isthat ~~determined~~calculates ~~based~~an onAggregate ~~the performance of the Reference~~ Index ~~and~~Change ~~the~~using ~~applicable~~three ~~Cap~~underlying ~~Rate~~indices, ~~Participation~~rather ~~Rate,~~than ~~and~~an ~~Buffer Rate. The Reference~~ Index ~~performance~~Change isbased ~~determined by observing the Index Price only~~ on ~~the~~a ~~Segment~~single ~~Start~~underlying ~~Date and Segment End Date~~index.

Premium Tax: The amount of tax, if any, charged by the state or municipality in which your Contract is issued.

Purchase Payment: The amount you pay to us under your Contract, as shown on the Contract schedule. The Purchase Payment is due on the Contract Date. We may limit the amount of Purchase Payment that we will accept for your Contract.

Qualified Contract: A Contract that qualifies for special tax benefits under the Internal Revenue Code, such as a Section 408(b) Individual Retirement Annuity.

Qualified Care Facility: A facility licensed and operated as a Convalescent Care Facility, Hospice Facility or Hospital.

Reference Index: The index or indices used in the calculation of the Segment Credit for a Segment Option.

Right to Cancel Period: The period of time you may examine your Contract after you receive it. The Right to Cancel Period may vary according to state law.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Segment Credit: The amount we credit to each Segment Option according to the terms of the Segment Option ~~and Crediting Method~~. Segment Credits are credited to ~~the~~ Fixed Segment ~~Option~~Options daily based on the Annual Interest Rate. Segment Credits on ~~the~~ Fixed Segment ~~Option~~Options cannot be negative. Segment Credits are credited to Index-Linked Segment Options on the Segment End Date based on the performance of the Reference Index subject to the applicable Cap Rate, Participation Rate, ~~Milestone~~and ~~Threshold,~~Floor ~~and~~Rate or Buffer Rate. Segment Credits on Index-Linked Segment Options may be negative amounts, which will reduce the Segment Value.

Segment End Date: The last day of a Segment Term Period. The Segment Credit for Index-Linked Segment Options is calculated and applied to the Segment Value on the Segment End Date. The next Segment Start Date coincides with the Segment End Date.

Segment ~~Options~~Fee: ~~Segment~~An ~~Options~~annualized ~~include~~rate ~~Buffer~~that ~~Segment~~is ~~Options~~assessed ~~and~~daily ~~the~~as ~~Fixed~~a ~~Segment~~percentage ~~Option~~of ~~available~~the ~~under your Contract. Each~~ Segment ~~Option~~Fee ~~will~~Base ~~have~~on aIndex-Linked Segment ~~Term Period~~Options. ~~Each~~The ~~Buffer~~ Segment ~~Option~~Fee ~~will~~amount ~~also~~for ~~have~~that aSegment ~~Reference~~Option ~~Index,~~is athen ~~Cap~~deducted ~~Rate,~~daily afrom ~~Participation~~that ~~Rate, and a Buffer Rate. The Performance Blend~~ Segment Option’s ~~will~~Segment ~~also~~Value ~~have~~during ~~Index~~the ~~Allocation~~Accumulation ~~Percentages~~Phase. ~~Milestone~~The ~~Lock~~ Segment ~~Options~~Fee will ~~also~~never ~~have~~reduce athe ~~Milestone~~Segment ~~Threshold~~Value ~~and~~below ~~Observation Dates~~zero. The Segment ~~Options~~Fee ~~available~~does onnot ~~the~~apply ~~first~~to Fixed Segment ~~Start Date following your Contract Date will be shown on the Contract schedule~~Options.

Segment ~~Interim~~Fee ~~Value~~Base: The initial Segment ~~Value~~Fee ~~adjusted~~Base for each Segment Option during each Segment Term Period is the Segment Value on the Segment Start Date. The Segment Fee Base on any ~~applicable~~other ~~Equity~~day ~~Adjustment~~in ~~and~~the ~~Interest~~Segment ~~Adjustment~~Term Period is the Segment Value on the Segment Start Date less any Withdrawals deducted from the Segment Option through the prior Business Day. We use the Segment Fee Base to determine the Segment Fee amount we will deduct from that Segment Option’s Segment Value.

Table of Contents

Segment Options: Segment Options include Floor Segment Options, Buffer Segment Options and Fixed Segment Options available under your Contract. Each Segment Option will have a Segment Term Period. Each Floor or Buffer Segment Option (Index-Linked Segment Options) will also have a Reference Index, a Cap Rate, a Participation Rate, a Floor Rate or Buffer Rate, as applicable, and will be subject to a Segment Fee. The Performance Blend Segment Option will also have Index Allocation Percentages. The Segment Options available on the first Segment Start Date following your Contract Date will be shown on the Contract schedule.

Segment Interim Value: The Segment Value adjusted for any applicable Equity Adjustment and Interest Adjustment.

Segment Start Date: The first date of a Segment Term Period.

Segment Term Period: The Segment Term Period for each Segment Option will be shown on the Contract schedule. The Segment Term Period ends on the Segment End Date. Upon expiration of each Segment Term Period, a new Segment Term Period will begin. Please see the section “Setting Your Segment Start ~~Date,~~and ~~Segment~~ End Date~~, and Observation Dates~~” for further details.

Segment Value : On the initial Segment Start Date, the Segment Value is equal to the portion of the Purchase Payment plus any Holding Account interest allocated to the Segment Option. On any other day, the Segment Value is equal to the Segment Value on the Segment Start Date decreased by any Segment Fee amounts applied to that Segment Option since the Segment Start Date, increased by Segment Credits applied to the Segment Option, increased by amounts transferred from another Segment Option, decreased by amounts transferred into another Segment Option, and decreased by Withdrawals from the Segment Option. Segment Credits are applied daily to the Fixed Segment Option and are applied to Index-Linked Segment Options only on the Segment End Date. ~~Except~~Transfers ~~due to the exercise of a Performance Lock, transfers~~ between Segment Options will occur only on a Segment End Date.

Separate Account: The segregated account, established by the Company under Iowa Law in which we hold reserves for our ~~obligations~~guarantees under the Contract and our other general obligations. The portion of the assets of the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to the Separate Account will not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business we may conduct. As ~~Owner~~owner of the Contract, you do not participate in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account and do not have any direct claim on them. The Separate Account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Settlement Option: An option available under the Contract for receiving Annuity Payments, which we guarantee as to the dollar amount.

Spouses: Individuals who are recognized as legally married under Federal law.

Terminal Illness Waiver of Withdrawal Charges: The waiver of Withdrawal Charges on a Withdrawal from your Contract upon meeting certain qualification requirements.

Underlying IRA Holder: The natural person who is treated under the Internal Revenue Code as having a beneficial interest in the assets of a custodial or trusteed IRA Account.

Withdrawal: Unless otherwise specified, it is a Withdrawal of any type taken under your Contract, including a partial Withdrawal, a surrender of your Contract, payment of a Death Benefit or the application of Interim Value to a Settlement Option. Withdrawal refers to the amount of Contract Value withdrawn for such benefits prior to the application of Withdrawal Charges, Interest Adjustments, and Equity Adjustments. We do not treat the deduction of the Segment Fee amount as a Withdrawal.

Table of Contents

Withdrawal Charge: The charge we assess when you surrender the Contract or make a partial withdrawal during the first six Contract Years. The Withdrawal Charge is assessed on the Contract Value on any amounts withdrawn. The Withdrawal Charge does not apply to the Free Withdrawal amount.

Withdrawal Charge Period: The Contract years during which you pay a Withdrawal Charge on amounts withdrawn. The Withdrawal Charge Period ends when the Withdrawal Charge Rate declines to 0% in the Withdrawal Charge Rate schedule set forth in your Contract schedule.

Withdrawal Charge Rate: The percentage used to calculate the Withdrawal Charge.

Table of Contents

2. At a Glance Product Summary

General Product Description and Purpose

Athene® Amplify ~~2.0 NF~~ is a Single Purchase Payment Index-Linked Deferred Annuity Contract that may help you accumulate retirement savings. The Contract is intended for long term investment purposes and is designed for people who are looking for a level of protection for their principal while providing potentially higher returns than are available on traditional fixed annuities. This Contract is not intended for someone who is seeking complete protection from downside risk ~~or someone who plans to take Withdrawals in excess of the annual Free Withdrawal amount or surrender the Contract during the first six Contract Years~~.

The Contract can be owned in the following ways:

•a.Sole Owner who is an individual or trust with a natural person as grantor.

•b.Sole Owner who is an individual and his or her spouse as the Joint Owner or trust with a natural person and his or her spouse as grantors (available for Non-Qualified Contract only).

The Contract has an Accumulation Phase and an Annuity Phase. During the Accumulation Phase, you may allocate your Contract Value to available Segment Options that offer different levels of protection against investment loss. The Annuity Phase begins when you apply the Interim Value to a Settlement Option. Please see the “Annuity Phase” section for more details on the Annuity Phase. The following is a brief description of the key features related to the Contract. See the Glossary in the preceding pages for more detailed explanations of the terms in this section.

The Company is not an investment advisor and does not provide any investment advice to you in connection with the Contract.

Premium Taxes may be applicable in certain states. Premium Tax applicability and rates vary by state and may change. We reserve the right to deduct such tax from the Purchase Payment when received or from the Contract Value of your Contract upon any Withdrawal from your Contract or upon the surrender of your Contract, the election of a Settlement Option, or the payment of a Death Benefit.

The Contract may not be available through all selling broker-dealers. Some selling broker-dealers may not offer and/or limit the offering of certain features or options as well as limit the availability of contracts, based on issue age or other criteria established by the selling broker-dealer.

Purchase Payment

•a.Minimum Purchase Payment: $10,000 (amounts less than this threshold may be accepted at the sole discretion of the Company)

•b.Maximum Purchase Payment: $1,000,000 (amounts exceeding this threshold may be accepted at the sole discretion of the Company)

Issue Ages

•a.Minimum Issue Age: 0

•b.Maximum Issue Age: 84

•c.These issue age limitations apply to Owners (if natural persons) and Annuitants

Table of Contents

Segment Options

The Contract offers Floor Segment Options, Buffer Segment Options and ~~the~~ Fixed Segment ~~Option~~Options, which provide different levels of protection against investment losses. Each Segment Option will have a Segment Term Period. In addition, each Index-Linked Segment Option will have a Reference Index, a Cap Rate, a Participation Rate, and a Floor Rate or Buffer Rate. The Performance Blend Segment Option will also have Index Allocation Percentages. In ~~Milestone~~addition, ~~Lock~~Index-Linked Segment Options will ~~also~~be ~~have~~subject ato ~~Milestone~~an ~~Threshold~~annual fee rate, called the Segment Fee, equal to 0.95%. Segment Fees are set at issue and ~~Observation~~are ~~Dates~~guaranteed not to change for the life of the Contract. ~~The~~Each Fixed Segment Option will have an Annual Interest Rate. Segment Credits for ~~the~~ Fixed Segment ~~Option~~Options may not be negative. Segment Credits applied to the Index-Linked Segment Options on Segment End Dates may be negative if the value of the Reference Index declines.

~~•Buffer~~a.Floor Segment Options -

The ~~Buffer~~Floor Rate establishes the maximum amount of ~~loss~~negative ~~attributable~~Index toChange ~~negative~~that ~~index~~will ~~performance~~be used in the determination of the Segment Credit for a Floor Segment Option on a Segment End Date. For a Segment Option with a 10% Floor Rate, this means that weany negative Segment Credit will ~~absorb~~not ~~before~~be wemore ~~apply~~than 10% in a Segment Term Period. Over multiple Floor Segment Term Periods, cumulative negative Segment Credits may exceed the Floor Rate established by the Segment Option because a negative Segment Credit up to ~~Buffer~~the ~~Segment~~amount ~~Options~~of the Floor Rate may be applied on aeach Segment End Date.

A Segment Option using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method captures performance of the Reference Index from the Segment Start Date to the Segment End Date (subject to the applicable Cap Rate and Participation Rate)b.Buffer ~~The value of the Reference Index at intermediate points during the~~ Segment ~~Term~~Options Period are not reflected in the determination of Segment Credits. The Cap Rate and Participation Rate are established at the beginning of the Segment Term Period and do not change for the length of the Segment Term Period. A Segment Option using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method calculates Segment Credits based on the percentage change in the value of the Reference Index as measured from the Segment Start Date to the Segment End Date. A negative Segment Credit will apply for any negative Index Change or Aggregate Index Change in excess of the Buffer Rate. Please see the "Fundamentals of the Point-to-Point Crediting Method" section for examples demonstrating the mechanics of the Point-to-Point Crediting Method.

~~Milestone~~The ~~Lock~~Buffer ~~Segment~~Rate ~~Options~~establishes ~~(only~~the ~~available~~amount ~~with a six-year Segment Term Period) combine elements~~ of ~~the~~loss ~~six-year~~attributable ~~and~~to ~~one-year~~negative ~~Buffer~~index ~~Segment~~performance ~~Options~~that ~~using~~we ~~the~~will ~~Point-to-Point~~absorb ~~Crediting~~before ~~Method.~~we ~~They~~apply ~~guarantee~~ a ~~Cap~~negative ~~Rate~~Segment ~~and~~Credit ~~Participation~~to ~~Rate for~~ the ~~full~~Buffer ~~six-year~~ Segment ~~Term~~Option ~~Period~~on ~~while~~a ~~also~~Segment ~~allowing~~End ~~the~~Date. ~~buffer~~A ~~protection~~negative ~~to reset at intermediate points during the~~ Segment ~~Term~~Credit ~~Period~~will ifapply ~~the~~for ~~index~~any ~~performance~~negative ~~exceeds~~Index aChange ~~predefined~~or ~~threshold~~Aggregate ~~percentage.~~Index ~~Milestone~~Change ~~Lock~~in ~~Segment~~excess ~~Options~~of ~~provide~~ the ~~potential~~Buffer toRate. ~~capture~~For ~~gains~~example, ~~(subject~~if toa ~~the~~Segment ~~applicable~~Option ~~Cap~~has ~~Rate~~a ~~and~~10% ~~Participation~~Buffer Rate) and ~~reset~~ the ~~buffer~~Index ~~protection~~Change ~~when~~or ~~the~~Aggregate ~~Reference~~ Index ~~performance~~Change ~~exceeds~~is ~~a pre~~-~~defined~~15%, ~~threshold (~~the ~~Milestone~~excess ~~Threshold)~~decline atof ~~particular~~5% ~~intermediate points~~ (~~Observation~~-15% ~~Dates~~minus -10%) ~~during~~will ~~the~~be ~~Segment~~used ~~Term~~to ~~Period.~~determine ~~The~~the ~~Cap~~Segment ~~Rate,~~Credit. ~~Participation Rate~~Theoretically, ~~Milestone~~for ~~Threshold,~~a ~~and~~Segment ~~Observation~~Option ~~Dates~~with ~~are~~a ~~established~~10% atBuffer ~~the~~Rate, ~~beginning of~~ the ~~Segment~~negative ~~Term~~Index ~~Period~~Change ~~and~~or doAggregate ~~not~~Index ~~change~~Change ~~for~~that ~~the~~is ~~length~~used ofto calculate the Segment ~~Term~~Credit ~~Period,~~may ~~which~~be inas ~~the~~high ~~case~~as of90%, ~~Milestone~~which ~~Lock~~could ~~Segment~~lead ~~Options~~to isa ~~one~~substantial ~~six-year~~loss ~~period~~of ~~available~~principal ~~only~~and atpreviously ~~the~~credited ~~start~~Segment ~~of the Contract~~Credits. ~~The~~Consequently, ~~Milestone~~selecting ~~Threshold~~a isSegment ~~the~~Option ~~minimum~~with ~~Milestone~~a ~~Index~~Buffer, ~~Change~~rather ~~required~~than toa ~~capture~~Floor, awill ~~Milestone~~result ~~Credit~~in ~~Percentage~~a onlarger annegative ~~Observation~~Segment ~~Date.~~Credit ~~The~~during ~~interval~~periods ~~between~~of ~~Observation~~steep ~~Dates~~declines isin ~~one~~the ~~year~~stock market.

~~Milestone~~c.Fixed ~~Lock~~ Segment Options calculate Segment Credits based on any Milestone Credit Percentages that have been determined during the Segment Term Period. A Milestone Credit Percentage will be calculated on the Segment End Date and each time the Milestone Index Change is greater than or equal to the Milestone Threshold during the Segment Term Period.-

~~The~~A ~~Segment~~Fixed ~~Credit for Milestone Lock~~ Segment ~~Options may be negative even if the Segment~~ Option ~~captures~~credits ~~positive~~interest ~~index~~daily ~~performance~~at ~~through~~a ~~Milestone~~declared ~~Credit~~Annual ~~Percentages~~Interest onRate. ~~one~~The ordaily ~~more~~rate ~~Observation~~is ~~Dates~~calculated as a[(1+Annual ~~result~~Interest ofRate) ~~index~~^ ~~performance having exceeded the Milestone Threshold on those dates~~(1/365)-1].

~~At the end of the six-year Segment Term Period, the Segment Credit percentage is calculated as~~ 7

Table of Contents

The following Segment Options are currently available:


Segment Option	Index	Segment Term Period	Protection Level (Buffer or Floor Rate)
Buffer Segment Options:
1	S&P 500®	1-year	10%
2	Russell 2000®	1-year	10%
3	MSCI EAFE	1-year	10%
4	S&P 500®	2-year	10%
5	Russell 2000®	2-year	10%
6	MSCI EAFE	2-year	10%
7	S&P 500®	6-year	20%
8	Performance Blend (S&P 500®, Russell 2000®, MSCI EAFE)	6-year	10%
Floor Segment Options:
9	S&P 500®	1-year	10%
10	Russell 2000®	1-year	10%
11	MSCI EAFE	1-year	10%
12	S&P 500®	2-year	10%
13	Russell 2000®	2-year	10%
14	MSCI EAFE	2-year	10%
Fixed Segment Options:
15	N/A	1-year	N/A

In the table above, “N/A” denotes Not Applicable.

You may elect a Segment Option with a six-year Segment Term Period only during the first Contract Year. The Performance Blend Segment Option is available only as a Buffer Segment Option with a six-year Segment Term Period. After the first six Contract Years, you will be limited to One-Year Segment Options upon renewal. Six-Year Segment Options are not available for renewal. Two-Year Segment Options are not available for renewal after the first six Contract Years.

•Declaration of Rates

Each Index-Linked Segment Option will have a Cap Rate and Participation Rate. The Cap Rate is the maximum positive Index Change we will use to calculate the Segment Credit on a Segment End Date. If the Index Change is positive, we will multiply the lesser of the Index Change and the Cap Rate by the Participation Rate. Each Fixed Segment Option will have an Annual Interest Rate. For the initial Segment Term Period, we will determine the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate for each Segment Option on the Segment Start Date. You will not know the applicable rates at the time you purchase your Contract. But if the declared Cap Rate, Participation Rate or Annual Interest Rate for a Segment Option to which you have allocated Contract Value is lower than the Bailout Rate specified in your Contract schedule, you may cancel your Contract during the first sixty (60) days after your Contract Date and receive your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals. See the section “Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision” for additional information. After the initial Segment Term Period has ended, we will notify you of the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate for each available Segment Option at least fifteen calendar days prior to the new Segment Start Date. The

Table of Contents

~~follows:~~Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate may be higher, lower, or the same as the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate offered during the previous Segment Term Period and may be significantly lower than the Bailout Rate provided for the first Segment Term Period, but will not be less than the Minimum Cap Rate, the Minimum Participation Rate, or the Minimum Annual Interest Rate shown for each Segment Option in the Contract schedule.

•Add one to each Milestone Credit Percentage; then

•Multiply each of these sums together; then

•Subtract one from the result.

If Reference Index performance does not exceed the Milestone Threshold on any Observation Date, the Milestone Lock Crediting Method will operate the same as the Point-to-Point Crediting Method. The Segment Credit will not be any lower than a Segment Credit for a six-year Buffer Segment Option using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method with equivalent Buffer Rate, Cap Rate, and Participation Rate. Please see the “Fundamentals of the Milestone Lock Crediting Method” section for examples demonstrating the mechanics of the Milestone Lock Crediting Method.

Theoretically, for a Segment Option with a 10% Buffer Rate, the negative Segment Credit percentage may be as low as -90%, which could lead to a substantial loss of principal and previously credited Segment Credits. Any applicable Withdrawal Charges, Interest Adjustments, and Equity Adjustments could also result in a loss of principal greater than 90%.

•Fixed Segment Option -

The Fixed Segment Option credits interest daily at a declared Annual Interest Rate. The daily rate is calculated as [(1+Annual Interest Rate) ^ (1/365)-1].

The following table shows the Index-Linked Segment Options that are currently available. In addition to the Index-Linked Segment Options, there is a Fixed Segment Option with a 1-year Segment Term Period currently available.

Segment Options		Buffer Rates Available
Crediting Method	Indices	1-year Segment Term Period	2-year Segment Term Period	6-year Segment Term Period
Point-to-Point	S&P 500®	10%, 20%	10%, 20%	10%, 20%
	Shiller Barclays CAPE®	10%	10%	10%
	Nasdaq-100®	10%	10%	10%
	Russell 2000®	10%	10%	10%
	MSCI EAFE	10%	10%	10%
	Performance Blend (S&P 500®, Russell 2000®, MSCI EAFE)1	Not Available	Not Available	10%
Milestone Lock	S&P 500®	Not Available	Not Available	10%

1 Index performance is based on a weighted average return of the S&P 500®, Russell 2000®, and MSCI EAFE indices. See the "About the Indices" section of this prospectus for further details.

The Buffer Rates offered on available Index-Linked Segment Options are stated in your Contract schedule and will not change after the Issue Date. Available Buffer Segment Options will always include a Buffer Rate between 5% and 30%.

You may elect a Segment Option with a six-year Segment Term Period only during the first Contract Year. The Performance Blend Segment Option and Milestone Lock Segment Option are available only with a six-year Segment Term Period. After the first six Contract Years, you will be limited to One-Year Segment Options upon renewal. Six-Year Segment Options are not available for renewal. Two-Year Segment Options are not available for renewal after the first six Contract Years.

Table of Contents

•Declaration of Rates -

Each Index-Linked Segment Option will have a Cap Rate and Participation Rate. The Cap Rate is the maximum positive Index Change or Milestone Index Change we will use to calculate the Segment Credit on a Segment End Date. If the Index Change or Milestone Index Change is positive, we will multiply the lesser of the Index Change and the Cap Rate by the Participation Rate. The Fixed Segment Option will have an Annual Interest Rate. For the initial Segment Term Period, we will determine the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate for each Segment Option on the Segment Start Date. You will not know the applicable rates at the time you purchase your Contract. But if the declared Cap Rate, Participation Rate or Annual Interest Rate for a Segment Option to which you have allocated Contract Value is lower than the Bailout Rate specified in your Contract schedule, you may cancel your Contract during the first sixty (60) days after your Contract Date and receive your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals. See the section “Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision” for additional information. After the initial Segment Term Period has ended, we will notify you of the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate for each available Segment Option at least fifteen calendar days prior to the new Segment Start Date. The Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate may be higher, lower, or the same as the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate offered during the previous Segment Term Period and may be significantly lower than the Bailout Rate provided for the first Segment Term Period, but will not be less than the minimum Cap Rate, the minimum Participation Rate, or the minimum Annual Interest Rate shown for each Segment Option in the Contract schedule.

•Transfers -

On each Segment End Date, you will have the option of transferring all or part of your Segment Value among the available Segment Options. We will send you a letter at least fifteen calendar days prior to the Segment End Date advising you that your Segment Option is expiring and stating the new Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate, as applicable, that will be available for the next Segment Term Period. You will have the choice of continuing in the Segment Option with the new Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate or transferring your Segment Value to another Segment Option with the same Segment Start Date. See the section “Transfers Between Segment Options by Request” for additional information. If ~~a Performance Lock was not exercised and~~ you do not inform us that you want to move all or part of your Segment Value to another Segment Option at least two Business Days prior to the next Segment Start Date, you will stay in the current Segment Option, subject to the new Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate, as applicable. If you do not wish to allocate your Segment Value to any available Segment Option, you may surrender the Contract for the Cash Surrender Value on any date. Such surrender would be subject to any applicable Withdrawal Charge, Interest Adjustment, and Equity Adjustment.

•Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision -

For the initial Segment Term Period, if the declared Cap Rate, Participation Rate, or Annual Interest Rate for a Segment Option to which you have allocated Contract Value is less than the Bailout Rate we specified in your Contract schedule for the Segment Option, you may cancel the Contract during the first 60 days after your Contract Date and receive your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals. No Withdrawal Charge, Interest Adjustment, or Equity Adjustment will apply if you exercise this provision.

Setting ~~Performance~~Your ~~Lock~~Segment Start and End Date

This feature will be available to new and existing contracts under this Prospectus beginning on [June 27, 2022], subject to state approval. It allows you to capture the Performance Lock Value during the Segment Term Period of an Index-Linked Segment Option to which funds are currently allocated. You may exercise a Performance Lock at any time during the Segment Term Period up to two Business Days prior to the end of the given Segment Term Period. Only one Performance Lock may be exercised per Segment Term Period for each Index-Linked Segment Option. However, you may exercise a Performance Lock at different times for each Index-Linked Segment

Table of Contents

Option so long as you do so up to two Business Days prior to the end of the Segment Term Period for that Segment Option. A Performance Lock may not be applied retroactively and can only be exercised for the entire Segment Value.

We will use the Performance Lock Value calculated at the end of the Business Day we receive your request in Good Order. Once a Performance Lock is exercised, the locked Index-Linked Segment Option will not receive a Segment Credit on the Segment End Date. Instead, the Performance Lock Value for that Segment Option will be transferred on the Performance Lock Date to the one-year Fixed Segment Option, where it will accrue interest daily for the remainder of the one-year Fixed Segment Term Period. This means that the Segment Term Period for any Index-Linked Segment Option for which you exercise a Performance Lock will conclude at the end of the current one-year Fixed Segment Term Period, even if the original Segment End Date was later. At the end of the current one-year Fixed Segment Term Period, the Fixed Segment Value will automatically be re-allocated proportionately to each Index-Linked Segment Option for which a Performance Lock was exercised, unless you instruct otherwise. Please see the “Performance Lock” section for additional information.

We will not provide advice or notify you regarding whether you should exercise a Performance Lock or the optimal time for doing so. We will also not warn you if you exercise a Performance Lock at a sub-optimal time. We are not responsible for any losses related to your decision whether or not to exercise a Performance Lock.

Setting Your Segment Start Date, Segment End Date, and Observation Dates

There are two dates each month when a new Segment Term Period may start. Your initial Segment Term Period will start on the 8th or 22nd day of the month, at which time your Purchase Payment plus any Holding Account interest will be allocated to the Segment Option(s) you have selected. Contracts which have been issued through the end of the Business Day prior to a scheduled Segment Start Date will participate in that Segment Start Date. Contracts which have been issued on or after a scheduled Segment Start Date will participate in the following Segment Start Date.

If the intended date for the initial Segment Start Date is not a Business Day, the Index Price from the prior Business Day will be used. If the date for the Segment End Date is not a Business Day, the Index Price from the prior Business Day will be used. ~~For Milestone Lock Segment Options, if the date for an Observation Date is not a Business Day, the Index Price from the prior Business Day will be used.~~ The Segment End Date for maturing Segments will coincide with the next Segment Start Date. Below are some examples showing the effect holidays and weekends have on selecting the ~~Index Prices for the~~ Segment Start ~~Date, Observation Dates,~~ and ~~Segment~~ End Date Index Prices.

119

Table of Contents

If Segment End Date isscheduled on a holiday:	Segment End Date IndexPrice will be from:	Next Segment Start DateIndex Price will be from:
Wednesday, the 8th	Tuesday, the 7th	Tuesday, the 7th
Wednesday the 8th	Tuesday, the 7th	Tuesday, the 7th
If Segment End Date isscheduled on a weekend:	Segment End Date IndexPrice will be from:	Next Segment Start DateIndex Price will be from:
Saturday, the 22nd	Friday, the 21st	Friday, the 21st
Saturday the 22nd	Friday, the 21st	Friday, the 21st
If initial Segment Start Dateis scheduled on a holiday:	Initial Segment Start Date Index Price will be from:
Friday, the 22nd	Thursday, the 21st
Friday the 22nd	Thursday, the 21st
If initial Segment Start Dateis scheduled on a weekend:	Initial Segment Start Date Index Price will be from:
Sunday, the 8th	Friday, the 6th
If an Observation Dateis scheduled on a holiday:	The Observation Date Index Price will be from:
Thursday, the 8th	Wednesday, the 7th
If an Observation Dateis scheduled on a weekend:	The Observation Date Index Price will be from:
Sunday, the 22nd	Friday, the 20th

Accessing Your Contract Value

During the Accumulation Phase before any Death Benefit becomes payable, you may access your Contract Value by surrendering the Contract or taking a partial Withdrawal. ~~Proceeds payable on a partial Withdrawal or surrender may be reduced by any applicable Interest Adjustment, Equity Adjustment or Withdrawal Charge.~~ If you surrender your Contract or if you take a partial Withdrawal in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount during the first six Contract Years, a maximum Withdrawal Charge of 8% will apply. ~~Your Contract Value will be reduced by the amount of the Withdrawal and this reduction will reduce the potential positive Segment Credits you may receive.~~ You may request a partial Withdrawal or surrender up to 60 days in advance of the day that the partial Withdrawal or surrender will occur. ~~Withdrawals or surrenders may be subject to income tax and to an additional 10% federal tax penalty if made before the Owner is age 591/2.~~

Interim Value Calculation

Any Withdrawal, including any Free Withdrawal amount, will also be subject to an Interim Value calculation comprised of two components: an Interest Adjustment and an Equity Adjustment, each of which may increase or decrease your Withdrawal proceeds. An Interest Adjustment will apply if you take a Withdrawal at any time during the first six Contract Years, including Withdrawals taken on a Segment End Date. An Equity Adjustment will apply if you take a Withdrawal from an Index-Linked Segment Option on any date other than a Segment End Date. See the “Contract Values” section for additional information about how Interim Values are calculated. Even if Segment Credits are positive, the deduction of fees and charges, including Segment Fee amounts, Withdrawal Charges, and any applicable Equity Adjustments or Interest Adjustments, may reduce your Cash Surrender Value below your Purchase Payment and previously credited Segment Credits~~, or below the protection provided by the Buffer Rate~~.

Death Benefit

If an Owner dies before the Annuity Phase of the Contract, we will pay the Death Benefit. During the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit is equal to the greater of:

1.The Purchase Payment less net proceeds from prior Withdrawals; or

2.The Interim Value on the date of death.

12 Withdrawal Charges will not be applied in determining the Death Benefit payable to your Beneficiary. After the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit will be equal to the Interim Value on the date of death. Net proceeds from prior Withdrawals are equal to the Contract Value withdrawn after the application of Withdrawal Charges, Interest Adjustments, and Equity Adjustments. Withdrawals do not include any Segment Fee amounts.

Table of Contents

Withdrawal Charges will not be applied in determining the Death Benefit payable to your Beneficiary. After the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit will be equal to the Interim Value on the date of death. Net proceeds from prior Withdrawals are equal to the Contract Value withdrawn after the application of Withdrawal Charges, Interest Adjustments, and Equity Adjustments.

If the Owner is changed or a new Owner is added during the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit will be equal to the Interim Value on the date of death.

See the “Death Benefit” section for more information.

Table of Contents

Settlement Options Description

The Annuity Phase commences when you or your designated payee begin receiving Annuity Payments under the Contract on the Annuity Date, according to the Settlement Option you select. You may select Annuity Payments based on the life of the Annuitant or Joint Annuitant, on the life subject to period certain or any other option acceptable to the Company. See the "Annuity Phase" section for information on available Settlement Options. The Annuity Phase ends when we make the last payment under your selected Settlement Option.

Right to Cancel

After you receive your Contract, you may examine it for 20 days (the "Right to Cancel Period"), or longer if required by state law (in some states, up to 30 days, or longer for replacement annuity Contracts), during which time you may cancel your Contract for any reason by Notifying us at our Administrative Office. Please see Appendix CB to examine any applicable variations in your state.

If you exercise your right to cancel, the Contract will terminate and we will refund your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals, unless applicable state or federal law requires otherwise. No Withdrawal Charge, Interest Adjustment, or Equity Adjustment will apply if you exercise your right to cancel your Contract during this period.

3. Contract Fees and Charges

You will pay the following ~~charges~~fees and expenses when purchasing, owning, and taking a Withdrawal from the Contract.

Segment Fees

Indexed-Linked Segment Options include a Segment Fee equal to 0.95%. We deduct a Segment Fee amount daily from each Index-Linked Segment Option, starting on the Segment Start Date. The Segment Fee for a Segment Option is an annualized rate that is calculated on a daily basis as a percentage of that Segment Option’s Segment Fee Base.

On the Segment Start Date, the Segment Fee Base for a Segment Option is equal to the Segment Value of that Segment Option. For any other day during the Segment Term Period, the Segment Fee Base is equal to A-B, where:

A. is the Segment Value on the Segment Start Date; and

B. is any Withdrawals deducted from the Segment Option from the Segment Start Date through the prior

Business Day;

The Segment Fee amount deducted on any day is equal to the annualized Segment Fee rate divided by the number of calendar days in the current year of the Segment Term Period and multiplied by the Segment Fee Base on that day. For example, if you have elected a 2-Year Segment Option with a Segment Start date of February 8, 2019, the annualized rate will be divided by 365 during the first year of the Segment Term Period (from February 8, 2019 to February 8, 2020) and will be divided by 366 during the second year of the Segment Term Period (From February 8, 2020 to February 8, 2021) due to the leap year.

We begin calculating the daily Segment Fee amount on the Segment Start Date. Changes to the Segment Fee Base change the Segment Fee amount. For example, if you make a Withdrawal from a Segment Option, the Segment Fee Base and resulting Segment Fee amount for that Segment Option will decrease. We do not treat the deduction of the Segment Fee from a Segment Option as a Withdrawal in the determination of the Segment Fee Base or in the determination of the Death Benefit.

The deduction of the Segment Fee will never reduce Segment Value below zero. If the Segment Value is reduced to zero due to a Withdrawal, Transfer, or Segment Fee, we will cease the deduction of the Segment Fee from that Segment Option and no Segment Fees will accrue while the Segment Value is zero. If you chose to

Table of Contents

transfer or allocate funds to the Segment Option for a future Segment Term Period, Segment Fees will begin being deducted based on the Segment Value on the new Segment Start Date.

The Segment Fee amount is deducted daily before any other activity is processed on the Segment Value, including the calculation of Segment Credits. If you take a Withdrawal from a Segment Option, we deduct the Segment Fee amount for that Segment Option before processing the Withdrawal. On the Annuity Date, we deduct the Segment Fee amounts for all Segment Options before determining the Interim Value that will be used to calculate the Annuity Payments. Upon the death of any Owner (or, if the Owner is a non-natural person, any Annuitant), we deduct the Segment Fee amounts for all Segment Options before calculating the Death Benefit.

The Segment Fee compensates us for all of your Contract’s benefits and certain expenses and risks associated with the Contract, including the risk that current charges are less than future contract administration costs. If the Segment Fee is less than these costs and risks, we will bear the loss. If the Segment Fee covers these benefits and risks, any excess amount is profit to us. We anticipate making a profit from this fee.

Withdrawal Charges

If, during the first six Contract Years, you surrender your Contract or make a partial Withdrawal from your Contract in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount, we will assess a Withdrawal Charge. The Withdrawal Charge offsets promotion and distribution expenses and investment risks born by the Company.

The amount of the Withdrawal Charge depends on the length of time you have owned your Contract and the amount you withdraw. The Contract provides a Free Withdrawal privilege that allows you to withdraw 10% of your Contract Value as of the previous Contract Anniversary annually without incurring a Withdrawal Charge.


Contract Year	1	2	3	4	5	6	7+
Withdrawal Charge Rate	8%	8%	7%	6%	5%	4%	0%

Withdrawal Charges may vary by state, please see Appendix CB.

For purposes of calculating the Withdrawal Charge, we treat the Contract Year in which we receive your Purchase Payment as “Contract Year 1”.

13 We will deduct the Withdrawal Charge as a percentage of the Contract Value being withdrawn, excluding the Free Withdrawal amount, as applicable. The Withdrawal Charge will be calculated as the Contract Value associated with the Withdrawal multiplied by the applicable Withdrawal Charge Rate.

Table of Contents

We will deduct the Withdrawal Charge as a percentage of the Contract Value being withdrawn, excluding the Free Withdrawal amount, as applicable. The Withdrawal Charge will be calculated as the Contract Value associated with the Withdrawal multiplied by the applicable Withdrawal Charge Rate. An Interest Adjustment and Equity Adjustment will apply and may increase or decrease the amount paid to the Owner upon Withdrawal or surrender.

On surrender, you will receive the Interim Value reduced by any applicable Withdrawal Charges. Free Withdrawal amounts do not apply to surrenders. If you surrender your Contract, a Withdrawal Charge will be applied to any Free Withdrawal amounts previously taken in the same Contract Year.

We will not assess the Withdrawal Charge on:

•Free Withdrawal amounts;

•Death Benefit proceeds;

•Partial Withdrawals taken as Required Minimum Distributions under the Internal Revenue Code (see the “Required Minimum Distribution” section below);

•Withdrawals taken after the sixth Contract Year;

Table of Contents

•A qualifying Withdrawal under the Confinement Waiver (see the “Confinement Waiver” section below);

•A qualifying Withdrawal under the Terminal Illness Waiver (see the “Terminal Illness Waiver” section below);

•The application of the Interim Value to a Settlement Option;

•Payments during the Annuity Phase; or

•Withdrawals taken under the initial Segment Term Period bailout provision (See the “Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision” section below).

During the Accumulation Phase, you are entitled to a Free Withdrawal amount each year. We also reserve the right to waive the Withdrawal Charge in certain circumstances. For information on Free Withdrawal amounts and Withdrawal Charge waivers, see the “Contract Values” section. Any Free Withdrawal amount not used in a Contract Year may not be carried forward to a future Contract Year.

Withdrawals or surrenders may be subject to income tax and to an additional 10% federal tax penalty if made before the Owner is age 591/2.

Premium Tax

Premium Tax………………………………………..3.5%

(as a percentage of the Purchase Payment)

We may be required to pay state Premium Taxes, currently ranging from 0% to 3.5%, in connection with a Purchase Payment or values under the Contract. Depending upon applicable state law, we may deduct charges for the Premium Taxes we incur with respect to your Purchase ~~Payment~~Payments, from amounts withdrawn or from the amount applied under a Settlement Option. In some states, charges for both direct Premium Taxes and retaliatory Premium Taxes may be imposed at the same or different times with respect to the same Purchase Payment, depending on applicable state law. Premium Tax is not currently deducted, but we reserve the right to do so in the future. The maximum charge we may deduct if we exercise the right in accordance with state law is currently 3.5%.

4. Contract Risk Factors

Your Contract has various risks associated with it. We list these risk factors below, as well as other important information you should know before purchasing a Contract.

Table of Contents

Risk of Loss

Amounts allocated to the Index-Linked Segment Options will fluctuate in value based on the performance of the Reference Index. You may lose money, including your principal and previously credited Segment Credits. Such losses may be substantial, depending on the performance of the Reference Index and the Index-Linked Segment Options to which you allocate your Purchase Payment. Due to negative index performance, Segment Credits on Index-Linked Segment Options may be negative after application of the Buffer Rate or negative down to the amount of the Floor Rate, and you bear the portion of the loss that exceeds the Buffer Rate or a loss up to the amount of the Floor Rate, as applicable. The deduction of the Segment Fee will also reduce your Segment Value.

~~Potential~~Risk ~~for~~of ~~Significant~~ Loss May be Greater on a Buffer Segment ~~Options~~Option

If there is a steep decline in the Reference Index, the risk of loss due to negative Segment Credits ~~could~~is besubstantially ~~significant~~higher on a Buffer Segment Option than a Floor Segment Option where the Buffer Rate and the Floor Rate are identical. ~~Theoretically~~For example, ~~for~~if atwo otherwise identical Segment ~~Option~~Options ~~with~~have a Buffer Rate of 10% ~~Buffer~~and a Floor Rate of 10%, respectively, and the ~~negative~~Reference Index declines by 30% during the Segment Term Period, the Segment Credit ~~percentage~~for ~~may~~the beBuffer asSegment ~~low~~Option aswill use a a rate of -9020%, ~~which~~(the ~~could~~excess ~~lead~~of tothe a30% ~~substantial~~decline ~~loss~~over ofthe ~~principal~~10% ~~and~~Buffer ~~previously~~Rate), ~~credited~~while the rate used for the Floor Segment ~~Credits. Any~~Option ~~applicable~~will ~~Withdrawal~~be ~~Charges,~~limited ~~Interest~~to ~~Adjustments~~-10% (the actual decline, ~~and~~up ~~Equity~~to ~~Adjustments~~the ~~could~~10% ~~also~~Floor ~~result~~Rate). inThe arisk of loss ofon ~~principal~~the ~~greater~~Performance ~~than~~Blend ~~90%.~~Segment ~~Please~~Option ~~see~~may differ from Buffer Segment Options based on a single Reference Index because the ~~“Fundamentals~~Segment ofCredit applied on the ~~Point-to-Point~~Performance ~~Crediting~~Blend ~~Method”~~Segment ~~and~~Option ~~"Fundamentals~~is ofbased on the ~~Milestone~~ranked ~~Lock~~and ~~Crediting~~weighted ~~Method"~~performance ~~sections~~of ~~for~~three ~~further~~indices, ~~details~~which may have different returns.

The risk of loss on the Performance Blend Segment Option may differ from other Buffer Segment Options using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method based on a single Reference Index because the Segment Credit applied on the Performance Blend Segment Option is based on the ranked and weighted performance of three indices, which may have different returns. 13

~~Index~~Table ~~Performance~~of ~~Used to Calculate Segment Credits is Based Only on the Segment Start Date, Segment End Date, and Milestone Dates~~Contents

~~The Index Change or Aggregate Index Change used in the determination of~~ Segment Credits for Index-Linked Segment Options using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method reflects only the difference in the value of the Reference Index on the Segment Start Date and the Segment End Date. Therefore, the Segment Credit ~~will~~Does beNot ~~different~~Reflect ~~than and could be significantly lower than the performance of the Reference~~ Index Performance at ~~intermediate~~Intermediate ~~points~~Points ~~during~~During ~~or through most of~~ the Segment Term Period.

The ~~Milestone~~Index Change or Aggregate Index Change used in the determination of Segment Credits for ~~Milestone~~the ~~Lock~~Index-Linked Segment Options reflects only the difference in the value of the Reference Index on ~~dates~~the ~~used~~Segment toStart ~~determine~~Date and the ~~Milestone~~Segment ~~Credit~~End ~~Percentages~~Date. Therefore, the Segment Credit will be different than and could be significantly lower than the performance of the Reference Index at intermediate points ~~between~~during ~~dates~~or ~~used~~through tomost ~~determine~~of the ~~Milestone Credit Percentages. Even if positive Milestone Credit Percentages are determined during the~~ Segment Term Period~~, a final negative Milestone Credit Percentage on the Segment End Date could lead to an overall negative Segment Credit~~.

Withdrawal Increases Risk of Loss

The risk of loss becomes greater if you take a Withdrawal or surrender the Contract. The Interest Adjustment, which applies to all Withdrawals and surrenders during the first six Contract Years, will be negative if interest rates have risen since your Contract Date. The Equity Adjustment, which applies to Withdrawals and surrenders from Index-Linked Segment Options before the Segment End Date, may be negative even when the value of the Reference Index has increased or has declined less than the Buffer Rate for a Buffer Segment Option. Similarly, the Equity Adjustment may reduce the Segment Interim Value of a Floor Segment Option by more than the applicable Floor Rate. During the first six Contract Years, the Withdrawal Charge will further reduce proceeds payable on a Withdrawal greater than the Free Withdrawal amount or on a surrender of the Contract.

Liquidity Risk

We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment, which you can use to help build and provide income for retirement. As such, it is not suitable as a short-term investment vehicle. You may withdraw up to 10% of your Contract Value annually without incurring a Withdrawal Charge; however, this amount may still be subject to an Interest Adjustment and Equity Adjustment. An Interest Adjustment will apply if you take a Withdrawal at any time during the first six Contract Years, including on a Segment End Date. An Equity Adjustment will apply if you take a Withdrawal from an Index-Linked Segment Option on any date other than a Segment End Date.

15 Segment Credits for Index-Linked Segment Options are credited to the Segment Value on the Segment End Date. The method we use to calculate Interim Value on Withdrawals taken from an Index-Linked Segment Option on any day other than a Segment End Date may result in an amount that is less than the amount you would receive if you waited until the Segment End Date to withdraw funds. Even if the performance of the Reference Index has been positive during the Segment Term Period, or losses are within the Buffer Rate for a Buffer Segment Option, the Interim Value adjustment may be negative until the Segment End Date. Similarly, if the Index Change is less than the Floor Rate for the Floor Segment Options, the Interim Value adjustment may be below the Floor Rate prior to the Segment End Date.

~~Table~~Changes ofto ~~Contents~~Cap Rates, Participation Rates, Buffer Rates, Floor Rates, and Annual Interest Rates

~~time~~ The ~~during~~Buffer ~~the~~and ~~first~~Floor ~~six~~Rates ~~Contract~~offered ~~Years,~~and ~~including~~the Segment Fee imposed on aavailable Index-Linked Segment ~~End~~Options are stated in your Contract schedule and will not change after the Issue Date. AnCap ~~Equity~~Rates, ~~Adjustment~~Participation ~~will~~Rates, ~~apply~~and ifAnnual ~~you~~Interest ~~take~~Rates amay ~~Withdrawal~~vary from anone Segment Term Period to another. The Cap Rate may limit your participation in any increases in the underlying Reference Index~~-Linked~~ associated with a Segment Option onand ~~any~~could ~~date~~cause ~~other~~your returns to be lower than if you had invested in a ~~Segment~~mutual ~~End~~fund ~~Date~~or exchange-traded fund designed to track the performance of the applicable Reference Index.

Segment Credits for Index-Linked Segment Options are credited to the Segment Value on the Segment End Date. The method we use to calculate Interim Value on Withdrawals taken from an Index-Linked Segment Option on any day other than a Segment End Date may result in an amount that is less than the amount you would receive if you waited until the Segment End Date to withdraw funds. Even if the performance of the Reference Index has been positive during the Segment Term Period, or losses are within the Buffer Rate for a Buffer Segment Option, the Interim Value adjustment may be negative until the Segment End Date.

Changes to Cap Rates, Participation Rates, Buffer Rates, Milestone Thresholds, and Annual Interest Rates

The Buffer Rate and Milestone Threshold on available Index-Linked Segment Options are stated in your Contract schedule and will not change after the Issue Date. Cap Rates, Participation Rates, and Annual Interest Rates may vary from one Segment Term Period to another. The Cap Rate may limit your participation in any increases in the underlying Reference Index associated with a Segment Option and could cause your returns to be lower than if you had invested in a mutual fund or exchange-traded fund designed to track the performance of the applicable Reference Index.

We declare a Cap Rate for each new Segment Term Period for Index-Linked Segment Options. The Cap Rate for a new Segment Term Period may be higher, lower, or equal to the Cap Rate for the current Segment Term Period. If it is lower, it will reduce the amount of positive Segment Credit you may receive. You risk the possibility that the Cap Rate declared for a new Segment Term Period will be lower than you would find acceptable.

We declare a Participation Rate for each new Segment Term Period for Index-Linked Segment Options. The Participation Rate for a new Segment Term Period may be higher, lower, or equal to the Participation Rate for the current Segment Term Period. If it is lower, it will reduce the amount of positive Segment Credit you may ~~receive. You risk the possibility that the Participation Rate declared for a new Segment Term Period will be lower than you would find acceptable.~~

We declare an Annual Interest Rate for each new Segment Term Period for the Fixed Segment Option. The Annual Interest Rate for a new Segment Term Period may be higher, lower, or equal to the Annual Interest Rate for the current Segment Term Period. If it is lower, it will reduce the amount of Segment Credit you will receive. You risk the possibility that the Annual Interest Rate declared for a new Segment Term Period will be lower than you would find acceptable.14

Risks Associated with Performance Lock

If a Performance Lock is exercised:

• You will no longer participate in the performance of the Reference Index, whether positive or negative, for the remainder of the Segment Term Period for the locked Index-Linked Segment Option.

• You will not receive a Segment Credit for the locked Index-Linked Segment Option at the end of its current Segment Term Period. Instead, the Performance Lock Value for that Segment Option will be transferred on the Performance Lock Date to the one-year Fixed Segment Option and earn daily interest for the remainder of the current one-year Fixed Segment Term Period.

• It is irrevocable for the remainder of the Segment Term Period.

• We will lock-in the next calculated Performance Lock Value after we receive your request in Good Order. As this value is calculated at the end of the Business Day, this means you won't be able to determine your Performance Lock Value in advance. Therefore, your Performance Lock Value may be higher or lower than it was at the point in time you requested a Performance Lock.

• We will not provide advice or notify you regarding whether you should exercise a Performance Lock or the optimal time for doing so. We will also not warn you if you exercise a Performance Lock at a sub-optimal

Table of Contents

~~time~~receive. WeYou ~~are~~risk ~~not~~the ~~responsible~~possibility ~~for~~that ~~any~~the ~~losses~~Participation ~~related~~Rate todeclared ~~your~~for ~~decision~~a ~~whether~~new orSegment ~~not~~Term toPeriod ~~exercise~~will abe ~~Performance~~lower ~~Lock.~~than you would find acceptable.

We •declare ~~There~~an ~~may~~Annual ~~not~~Interest beRate anfor ~~optimal~~each ~~time~~new toSegment ~~exercise~~Term aPeriod ~~Performance~~for ~~Lock~~the ~~during~~Fixed Segment Options. The Annual Interest Rate for a new Segment Term Period. It may be ~~better~~higher, ~~for~~lower, ~~you~~or ifequal ~~you~~to dothe ~~not~~Annual ~~exercise~~Interest aRate ~~Performance~~for ~~Lock~~the current Segment Term Period. ItIf it is ~~impossible~~lower, toit ~~know~~will ~~with~~reduce ~~certainty~~the ~~whether~~amount orof ~~not~~Segment Credit you will receive. You risk the possibility that the Annual Interest Rate declared for a ~~Performance~~new ~~Lock~~Segment ~~should~~Term Period will be ~~exercised.~~lower than you would find acceptable.

• If a Performance Lock is exercised when your Performance Lock Value has declined from the amount invested in the Segment Option on the Segment Start Date, you will lock in any loss. It is possible that you would have realized less of a loss or no loss if the Performance Lock had occurred at a later time, or if the Segment Option was not locked.

• Withdrawals from the one-year Fixed Segment Option do not receive an Equity Adjustment. Thus, any Withdrawals taken from the Fixed Segment Option after the exercise of a Performance Lock will also not receive an Equity Adjustment (though any applicable Interest Adjustment and Withdrawal Charges will still apply). Therefore, net proceeds from Withdrawals may be higher or lower than they would have been if the Performance Lock had not been exercised and Withdrawals had been taken from an Index-Linked Segment Option.

Risks Associated with Indices

Index-Linked Segment Options do not directly participate in the returns of the underlying securities of any Reference Index. ~~Price~~and ~~return indices~~ do not ~~include~~receive any dividends that may become payable on the underlying securities,. ~~and~~The ~~would~~Index ~~have~~Change awould be higher ~~Index Change~~ if the dividends from the underlying securities were included.

The historical performance of the indices does not guarantee future results. The S&P 500® Index, the Russell 2000® Index, and the MSCI EAFE ~~Index,~~Price ~~the~~Return ~~Nasdaq-100®~~ Index, ~~and the Shiller Barclays CAPE® Index~~ are each comprised of a collection of equity securities. For each index, the value of the component securities is subject to market risk, or the risk that market fluctuations may cause the value of the component securities to go up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. During periods of market stress, the component securities may move in the same direction, causing the index to go up or down rapidly and unpredictably. In addition, the value of the component securities may decline for reasons directly related to the issuers of the securities.

S&P 500® Price Return Index.

The S&P 500® Index is comprised of equity securities issued by large-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during periods of economic expansion. ~~See the “About the Indices” section for more information.~~

Russell 2000® Price Return Index.

The Russell 2000® Index is comprised of equity securities of small-capitalization U.S. companies. In general, the securities of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile and may involve more risk than the securities of larger companies. ~~See the “About the Indices” section for more information.~~

MSCI EAFE Price Return Index.

~~The~~ MSCI EAFE Index is an equity index that captures large and mid-cap representation across developed markets around the world. The securities comprising the MSCI EAFE Price Return Index are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g. increased price volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty). In general, foreign markets may be less liquid, more volatile, and subject to less government supervision than domestic markets. ~~See the “About the Indices” section for more information.~~

Nasdaq-100® Price Return Index

The Nasdaq-100® Index is comprised of equity securities of the largest U.S. and non-U.S. companies listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market, including companies across all major industry groups except the financial industry. To

Table of Contents

the extent that the Nasdaq-100® Index is comprised of securities issued by companies in a particular sector, that company’s securities may not perform as well as companies in other sectors or the market as a whole. For example, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies. Also, any component securities issued by non-U.S. companies (including related depository receipts) are subject to the risks related to investments in foreign markets (e.g., increased price volatility; changing currency exchange rates; and greater political, regulatory, and economic uncertainty). See the “About the Indices” section for more information.

Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Mid-Month Sector TR Net Index

The Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Mid-Month Sector TR Net Index ("Shiller Barclays CAPE® Index") tracks the performance of certain US Sector Exchange Traded Funds (“Sector ETFs”) that invest in large-capitalization US companies. In general, large-capitalization companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during periods of economic expansion. Because the index tracks the performance of ETFs rather than equity securities of companies in the selected US Sectors, the index is subject to risks associated with investments in ETFs whose prices are determined by exchange trading and may diverge from the value of the equity securities held by the ETF. ETF performance is also impacted by the deduction of management fees and other ETF expenses.

Each month, the Shiller Barclays CAPE® Index will track the performance of a portfolio of equally weighted Sector ETFs that invest in four of 11 major US Sectors. Consequently, amplified losses may occur if a particular industry or market sector performs poorly over the course of a given Segment Term Period. The Shiller Barclays CAPE® Index relies upon a specific rationale, through the use of the Cyclically Adjusted Price Earnings (“CAPE®”) ratio, to select the four Sector ETFs whose performance the index tracks each month. This value investing strategy may prove unsuccessful and may not perform better than investments in a portfolio of US Sectors selected according to a different rationale or strategy, and may also not outperform traditional benchmark indices (such as the S&P 500® Index). Changes in the values of the underlying components of the Shiller Barclays CAPE® Index may offset each other and may not prove to be the optimal weighting given current market conditions. Because the index will at any time only be allocated to four sectors, it may produce lower returns than an investment in a more diversified pool of assets.

The index returns are net of a 0.95% annualized fee deducted on a daily basis. This will reduce the index performance, and the index will underperform similar portfolios from which fees are not deducted. The index was launched in October 2021 and has not been used previously in other index-linked products. At this time, it is used exclusively in the Company's annuity products. See the “About the Indices” section for more information.

Discontinuation or Substitution of an Index

We have the right to discontinue or substitute an existing Reference Index for a comparable index prior to the Segment End Date if:

•Any Reference Index is discontinued,

•We are engaged in a contractual dispute with the Reference Index provider,

•We determine that our use of the Reference Index should be discontinued because, for example, changes to the Reference Index ~~or the notional amount of contract values tied to the Reference Index~~ make it impractical or expensive to purchase securities or derivatives to hedge the Reference Index, or

•There is a substantial change in the calculation of the Reference Index, resulting in significantly different values and performance.

If we provide a substitute index, we will attempt to choose a new index that has a similar investment objective and risk profile to the existing Reference Index, but there is a risk that the performance of the new index may not be as good as the performance of the existing Reference Index as measured from the date of substitution to the end of the Segment Term Period (which may be a period longer than one year for Index-Linked Segment Options with 2-year or 6-year Segment Term Periods). As a result, funds allocated to the substituted index may earn 15

Table of Contents

Although we will attempt to choose a new index that has a similar investment objective and risk profile to the existing Reference Index, there is risk that the performance of the new index may not be as good as the performance of the existing Reference Index. As a result, funds allocated to the substituted index may earn a return that is lower than the return they would have earned if the index were not substituted. The substituted index will also be incorporated within the Performance Blend Segment Option~~, if applicable~~. If we substitute a Reference Index, we will Notify you at your last known address that we have on file, at least 30 days in advance of the substitution date.

If a Reference Index is discontinued and wea dosimilar ~~not~~Reference ~~provide~~Index acannot ~~substitute~~be ~~index~~found, funds allocated to the discontinued Reference Index will not participate in any index performance during the period from the discontinuation until the Segment End Date.

Elimination of Segment Options After the Withdrawal Charge Period

Segment Options beyond the Withdrawal Charge Period will be limited to one-year Segment Term Periods. Segment Options with a two-year Segment Term Period expiring on or after the last day of the Withdrawal Charge Period will automatically transfer the Segment Value to the Segment Option’s one-year counterpart, ~~if available,~~ at the end of the Segment Term Period, unless you instruct otherwise. ~~If a one-year counterpart is not available, we will allocate the~~ Segment ~~Value to the Fixed Segment Option, unless you instruct otherwise. Segment~~ Options with a six-year Segment Term Period are available only during the first Contract Year. If you do not request a Transfer of the Segment Value of an expiring Segment Option with a six-year Segment Term Period, ~~exercise a Performance Lock,~~ or withdraw the Segment Value, we will allocate the Segment Value to the Fixed Segment Option. with the shortest Segment Term Period.

Our Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability

As an insurance company, we are required by state law to hold a specified amount of reserves in order to meet all contractual obligations of our General Account to Contract Owners. We monitor our reserves so that we hold sufficient amounts to meet actual or expected Contract or claims payments. It is important to note, however, that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims paying obligations and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product. We encourage both existing and future Contract Owners to read and understand our financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting practices prescribed and permitted by the Iowa Insurance Division, which are included in this Prospectus.

No company other than Athene Annuity and Life Company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts owed under the Contract. You should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims-paying ability. See “Company Related Risk Factors”.

Regulatory Protection

The Company is not an investment company and is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The protections provided to investors by that Act are not applicable to the Contract.

No Ownership of Underlying Securities

Purchasing the Contract is not equivalent to purchasing shares in a mutual fund that invests in securities comprising the indices, nor is it equivalent to directly investing in such securities. Hence, you will not be investing in the Reference Index, in any stock included in the Reference Index, in a mutual fund or exchange-traded fund that tracks the Reference Index, or any underlying securities.

The Separate Account

The Separate Account, in which we hold reserves for ~~obligations~~guarantees we provide under the Contract, is established under Iowa law. The portion of the assets of the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to the separate account will not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business we conduct. Contract Owners do not participate in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account and do not have any claim on such assets. The Separate Account is not registered under the Investment Company ~~Act of 1940.~~

~~We own the assets of the Separate Account, as well as any favorable investment performance on those~~ 16

Table of Contents

~~assets.~~Act We are obligated to pay all money we owe under the Contract. If the assets in the Separate Account are insufficient to pay when due amounts guaranteed under the Contracts, the General Account may fund shortfalls in the Separate Account or guarantee the performance of ~~such obligations by making such payments~~1940. ~~Any excess in assets in the Separate Account over the amount which qualifies to be applied against the reserves and other liabilities under the Contract may be transferred to the General Account.~~

We own the assets of the Separate Account, as well as any favorable investment performance on those assets. We are obligated to pay all money we owe under the Contract. If the assets in the Separate Account are insufficient to pay when due amounts guaranteed under the Contracts, the General Account may fund shortfalls in the Separate Account or guarantee the performance of such obligations by making such payments. Any excess in assets in the Separate Account over the amount which qualifies to be applied against the reserves and other liabilities under the Contract may be transferred to the General Account.

General Account assets support guarantees under the Contract as well as our other general obligations. General Account assets are not segregated for the benefit of any particular contract or obligation. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the Contract, regardless of whether assets supporting it are held in the Separate Account or our General Account. You should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims-paying ability.

Cybersecurity and Business Continuity Risk

Because our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g. hardware and software malfunctions) and cyberattacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service on our website, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential customer information. Such systems failures and cyberattacks affecting us, the indices, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, systems failures and cyberattacks may interfere with our processing of Contract transactions, including the processing of Transfer Requests, impact our ability to calculate Segment Values or Segment Interim Values, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines, litigation, and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cybersecurity risks may also impact the underlying securities in which the indices invest, which may cause the indices in your Contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we, the indices, or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your Contract due to cyberattacks or information security breaches in the future.

Other disruptive events, including but not limited to natural disasters and public health crises may adversely affect our ability to conduct business, including if our employees or employees of service providers are unable to perform their responsibilities as a result of such event. Cybersecurity breaches and other disruptions to our business can interfere with our processing contract transactions, such as the processing of transfers between Segment Options on the Segment End Date, impact our ability to calculate the various components of Contract Value, cause the release of confidential information, or other operational issues.

Uncertainty Regarding Availability of the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR")

The swap rate used to calculate the Equity Adjustment is based on LIBOR, a widely used interest rate, ~~that~~which ~~will~~is expected to become unavailable for purposes of the Equity Adjustment calculation on June 30, 2023. On or before the date that LIBOR becomes unavailable, the Company, at its sole discretion, will select a different swap rate to use in the calculation of the Equity Adjustment. While we expect a smooth transition to the new swap rate, we cannot be certain that the new swap rate will not have noan impact on the calculation of the Equity Adjustment. For additional background on the potential replacement of LIBOR see “"Company Related Risk Factors - Uncertainty Relating to LIBOR.”"

Table of Contents

5. About the Indices

S&P 500® Price Return Index

The S&P 500 ® Price Return Index was established by Standard & Poor’s. The S&P 500 ® Price Return Index includes 500 leading companies in leading industries of the US economy, capturing 75% coverage of U.S. Equities. The S&P 500 ® Price Return Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in this Index. ~~For the applicable index disclosure, please see Appendix D.~~

20 S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC requires that the following disclaimer be included in this Prospectus:

The S&P 500® (the “Index”) is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC or its affiliates (“SPDJI”), and has been licensed for use by Athene Annuity and Life Company. Standard & Poor’s® and S&P 500® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”); Dow Jones® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by Athene Annuity and Life Company. It is not possible to invest directly in an index. Athene Annuity and Life Company’s Products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, any of their respective affiliates (collectively, “S&P Dow Jones Indices”). S&P Dow Jones Indices makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Athene Annuity and Life Company’s Products or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in Athene Annuity and Life Company's products particularly or the ability of the S&P 500® to track general market performance. Past performance of an index is not an indication or guarantee of future results. S&P Dow Jones Indices’ only relationship to Athene Annuity and Life Company with respect to the S&P 500® is the licensing of the S&P 500® and certain trademarks, service marks and/or trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its licensors. The S&P 500® is determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to Athene Annuity and Life Company or the Athene Annuity and Life Company’s Products. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation to take the needs of Athene Annuity and Life Company or the owners of Athene Annuity and Life Company’s Products into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500®. S&P Dow Jones Indices are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the prices, and amount of Athene Annuity and Life Company’s products or the timing of the issuance or sale of Athene Annuity and Life Company’s Products or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which Athene Annuity and Life Company’s products are to be converted into cash, surrendered or redeemed, as the case may be. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of Athene Annuity and Life Company’s Products. There is no assurance that investment products based on the S&P 500® will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not an investment advisor. Inclusion of a security within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to buy, sell, or hold such security, nor is it considered to be investment advice.

S&P DOW JONES INDICES DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE INDEX OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S&P DOW JONES INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY ATHENE ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY, OWNERS OF THE ATHENE ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY’S PRODUCTS, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE INDEX OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE,

Table of Contents

OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND ATHENE ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY, OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

Russell 2000® Price Return Index

The Russell 2000 ® Price Return Index was established by Russell Investments. The Russell 2000 ® Price Return Index measures the performance of the small-cap segment of the US equity universe. The Russell 2000 ® Price Return Index is a subset of the Russell 3000 ® Index representing approximately 10% of the total market capitalization of that index. It includes approximately 2,000 of the smallest securities based on a combination of their market cap and current index membership. The Russell 2000 ® Price Return Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in this index. ~~For the applicable index disclosure, please see Appendix D.~~

The LSE Group requires that the following disclosure be included in this Prospectus:

Athene® Amplify (the “Product”) has been developed solely by Athene Annuity and Life Company. The Product is not in any way connected to or sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by the London Stock Exchange Group plc and its group undertakings (collectively, the “LSE Group”). FTSE Russell is a trading name of certain of the LSE Group companies.

All rights in the Russell 2000 Index (the “Index”) vest in the relevant LSE Group company which owns the Index. “Russell®” and “Russell 2000®” are trade-marks of the relevant LSE Group company and are used by any other LSE Group company under license.

The Index is calculated by or on behalf of FTSE International Limited or its affiliate, agent or partner. The LSE Group does not accept any liability whatsoever to any person arising out of (a) the use of, reliance on or any error in the Index or (b) investment in or operation of the Product. The LSE Group makes no claim, prediction, warranty or representation either as to the results to be obtained from the Product or the suitability of the Index for the purpose to which it is being put by Athene Annuity and Life Company.

MSCI EAFE Price Return Index

The MSCI EAFE Price Return Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization index that is designed to measure the equity performance of developed markets, excluding the US and Canada. As of the date of this prospectus, the MSCI EAFE consists of securities from the following 21 developed countries: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom. The MSCI EAFE Price Return Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in this Index. ~~For the applicable index disclosure, please see Appendix D.~~

~~Nasdaq-100®~~ MSCI ~~Price~~Inc. ~~Return~~requires ~~Index~~that the following disclosure be included in this Prospectus:

THIS ~~The~~PRODUCT ~~Nasdaq-100~~IS ~~® Price~~NOT ~~Return~~SPONSORED, ~~Index~~ENDORSED, ~~includes~~SOLD ~~100~~OR ofPROMOTED ~~the~~BY ~~largest~~MSCI ~~domestic~~INC. ~~and~~(“MSCI”), ~~international~~ANY ~~non-financial~~OF ~~securities~~ITS ~~listed~~AFFILIATES, onANY ~~The~~OF ~~NASDAQ~~ITS ~~Stock~~INFORMATION ~~Market~~PROVIDERS ~~based~~OR onANY ~~market~~OTHER ~~capitalization~~THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN, OR RELATED TO, COMPILING, COMPUTING OR CREATING ANY MSCI INDEX (COLLECTIVELY, THE “MSCI PARTIES”). ~~The~~THE ~~Nasdaq-100~~MSCI ~~® Price~~INDEXES ~~Return~~ARE ~~Index~~THE ~~does~~EXCLUSIVE ~~not~~PROPERTY ~~include~~OF ~~dividends~~MSCI. ~~declared~~MSCI byAND ~~any~~THE ofMSCI ~~the~~INDEX ~~companies~~NAMES ~~included~~ARE inSERVICE ~~this~~MARK(S) ~~index~~OF MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES AND HAVE BEEN LICENSED FOR USE FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES BY ATHENE ANNUITY AND LIFE COMPANY. ~~For~~NONE ~~the~~OF ~~applicable~~THE ~~index~~MSCI ~~disclosure~~PARTIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, ~~please~~EXPRESS ~~see~~OR ~~Appendix~~IMPLIED, D.TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY REGARDING THE ADVISABILITY OF INVESTING IN PRODUCTS GENERALLY OR IN THIS PRODUCT

~~Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Mid-Month Sector TR Net Index~~19

The Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Mid-Month Sector TR Net Index ("Shiller Barclays CAPE® Index") tracks the performance of certain US Sector Exchange Traded Funds (“Sector ETFs”). The index is designed to capture the performance of equity securities issued by large-capitalization US companies in four of 11 eligible US Sectors in the S&P 500® (the “US Sectors”) that are the most undervalued and, therefore, likely to provide attractive returns to investors.

The Sector ETFs represent the performance of the following 11 eligible US Sectors in the S&P 500®: (1) utilities, (2) consumer staples, (3) financials, (4) technology, (5) healthcare, (6) energy, (7) consumer discretionary, (8) industrial, (9) real estate, (10) communications services and (11) materials. Each Sector ETF seeks to track as its benchmark index a corresponding sector-specific index (“Sector Index”), which is an S&P 500® index in the case of all Sector Indices except the real estate sector, for which the corresponding Sector Index is the Dow Jones US Real Estate Index. Each Sector Index is calculated and published by S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC.

Like other indices in the Shiller Barclays CAPE® US Index Family, the index utilizes the Cyclically Adjusted Price Earnings (“CAPE®”) ratio to apply a rules-based methodology which identifies the five most undervalued Sector ETFs and then selects the four with the highest price momentum. The CAPE® ratio is a variation of the traditional price/earnings ratio that uses the 10-year average of inflation-adjusted earnings instead of single year earnings, with the intent of providing a better signal for long-term over-valuation and under-valuation. To control for inherent underlying differences between sectors (such as level of industry maturity, growth prospects, and regulations) that may cause systematic differences in CAPE® ratios, the index standardizes the comparison by using a modified version of the CAPE® ratio called the relative CAPE® ratio. The relative CAPE® ratio for a given sector is the current month's CAPE® ratio divided by the 20-year rolling average of the CAPE® ratio. A lower relative CAPE® ratio is an indication that a sector may be undervalued. The index first selects the five sectors with the lowest relative CAPE® ratios. Of the five selected sectors, the index then removes the sector with the lowest 12-month price momentum. Price momentum is defined as the current sector price divided by the sector price 12-months prior. Removing the sector with the lowest price momentum is intended to avoid sectors that may appear

Table of Contents

~~undervalued~~PARTICULARLY ~~when~~OR ~~their~~THE ~~low~~ABILITY ~~price~~OF isANY ~~due~~MSCI toINDEX ~~fundamental~~TO orTRACK ~~other~~CORRESPONDING ~~reasons~~STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE. MSCI OR ITS AFFILIATES ARE THE LICENSORS OF CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, ~~which~~SERVICE ~~may~~MARKS ~~cause~~AND ~~the~~TRADE ~~price~~NAMES toAND ~~continue~~OF toTHE ~~decline.~~MSCI ~~The~~INDEXES ~~four~~WHICH ~~selected~~ARE ~~Sector~~DETERMINED, ~~ETFs~~COMPOSED ~~are~~AND ~~then~~CALCULATED ~~equally~~BY ~~weighted~~MSCI WITHOUT REGARD TO THIS PRODUCT OR THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. ~~The~~NONE ~~index~~OF isTHE ~~rebalanced~~MSCI ~~monthly~~PARTIES toHAS ~~reflect~~ANY ~~any~~OBLIGATION ~~changes~~TO inTAKE ~~the~~THE ~~four~~NEEDS ~~most~~OF ~~undervalued~~THE ~~sectors~~ISSUER ~~with~~OR ~~the~~OWNERS ~~highest~~OF ~~price~~THIS ~~momentum~~PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY INTO CONSIDERATION IN DETERMINING, COMPOSING OR CALCULATING THE MSCI INDEXES. ~~Because~~NONE ~~the~~OF ~~Shiller~~THE ~~Barclays~~MSCI ~~CAPE®~~PARTIES ~~Index~~IS isRESPONSIBLE aFOR ~~total~~OR ~~return~~HAS ~~index~~PARTICIPATED IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE TIMING OF, ~~its~~PRICES ~~performance~~AT, ~~reflects~~OR ~~both~~QUANTITIES ~~the~~OF ~~price~~THIS ~~appreciation~~PRODUCT ~~and~~TO ~~the~~BE ~~reinvestment~~ISSUED ofOR ~~dividends~~IN inTHE ~~the~~DETERMINATION ~~underlying~~OR ~~Sector~~CALCULATION ~~ETFs~~OF THE EQUATION BY OR THE CONSIDERATION INTO WHICH THIS PRODUCT IS REDEEMABLE. FURTHER, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAS ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO THE ISSUER OR OWNERS OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING OR OFFERING OF THIS PRODUCT.

ALTHOUGH ~~The~~MSCI ~~index~~SHALL ~~returns~~OBTAIN ~~are~~INFORMATION ~~net~~FOR ofINCLUSION aIN 0OR FOR USE IN THE CALCULATION OF THE MSCI INDEXES FROM SOURCES THAT MSCI CONSIDERS RELIABLE, NONE OF THE MSCI PARTIES WARRANTS OR GUARANTEES THE ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.~~95%~~ ~~annualized~~NONE ~~fee~~OF ~~deducted~~THE onMSCI aPARTIES ~~daily~~MAKES ~~basis~~ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE ISSUER OF THE PRODUCT, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, FROM THE USE OF ANY MSCI INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. ~~This~~NONE ~~will~~OF ~~reduce~~THE ~~the~~MSCI ~~index~~PARTIES ~~performance~~SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, ~~and~~OMISSIONS ~~the~~OR ~~index~~INTERRUPTIONS ~~will~~OF ~~underperform~~OR ~~similar~~IN ~~portfolios~~CONNECTION ~~from~~WITH ~~which~~ANY ~~fees~~MSCI ~~are~~INDEX ~~not~~OR ~~deducted~~ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. ~~For~~FURTHER, ~~the~~NONE ~~applicable~~OF ~~index~~THE ~~disclosure~~MSCI PARTIES MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, ~~please~~AND ~~see~~THE ~~Appendix~~MSCI DPARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO EACH MSCI INDEX AND ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY OF THE MSCI PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

No purchaser, seller or holder of this product, or any other person or entity, should use or refer to any MSCI trade name, trademark or service mark to sponsor, endorse, market or promote this product without first contacting MSCI to determine whether MSCI’s permission is required. Under no circumstances may any person or entity claim any affiliation with MSCI without the prior written permission of MSCI.

The Performance Blend Segment Option

The Contract also offers a 6-year Buffer Segment Option that bases Segment Credits on a weighted average return of the S&P 500®, Russell 2000®, and MSCI EAFE indices. The return is calculated based on the relative performance of the underlying indices, with 50% of the Segment Credit being based on the index with the best performance (i.e. the largest positive or least negative Index Change) on the Segment End Date, 30% of the Segment Credit being based on the index with the next best performance (i.e. next best positive or negative Index Change) on the ~~Segment~~segment End Date and 20% of the Segment Credit being based on the index with worst performance (i.e. the largest negative Index Change on the Segment End Date, or, if no index had a negative Index Change, the index with the smallest positive Index Change) on the Segment End Date.

Discontinuation or Substitution of an Index

There is no guarantee that a Reference Index will be available for the entire term of your Contract.

We have the right to discontinue or substitute an existing Reference Index for a comparable index ~~if:~~prior to

Table of Contents

the Segment End Date if:

•Any Reference Index is discontinued,

•We are engaged in a contractual dispute with the Reference Index provider,

•There is a substantial change in the calculation of the Reference Index, resulting in significantly different values and performance.

IfWe wewould ~~provide a substitute index, we will~~ attempt to choose a new Reference Index that has a similar investment objective and risk profile to the original Reference Index. The selection criteria for a suitable alternative Reference Index include the following:

1.There is a sufficiently large market in exchange traded and/or over-the-counter options, futures, and similar derivative instruments based on the index to allow the Company to hedge Segment Credits;

2.The index is recognized as a broad-based index for the relevant market; and

3.The publisher of the index allows the Company to use the index in the Contract and other materials for a reasonable fee.

If a Reference Index is discontinued or substituted, we will Notify you of the change, at your last known address on file with us, at least 30 days in advance of the substitution date. Any substituted index will also be incorporated within the Performance Blend Segment Option~~, if applicable~~. Any substituted index will be submitted for prior approval to the insurance regulatory authority of the state in which your Contract is issued.

Any change in Reference Index may affect the Segment Credit you earn. If we discontinue any Reference Index during a Segment Term Period and ~~provide~~ a similar Reference Index can be found, we will determine the Index Change for the Segment ~~Credits~~Term Period by adding together the percentage change in the original Reference Index from the Segment Start Date until the date of the substitution and the percentage change in the substituted Reference Index from the date of the substitution until the Segment End Date. The Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Floor Rate or Buffer Rate that were established on the Segment Start Date will be ~~determined~~applied asto ~~follows:~~this sum. The resulting Segment Credit will be added to your Segment Value on the scheduled Segment End Date.

22 Although we will attempt to choose a new index that has a similar investment objective and risk profile to the existing Reference Index, there is risk that the performance of the new index may not be as good as the performance of the existing Reference Index. As a result, funds allocated to the substituted index may earn a return that is lower than the return they would have earned if the index were not substituted. The substituted index will also be incorporated within the Performance Blend Segment Option.

If we discontinue any Reference Index during a Segment Term Period and a similar Reference Index cannot be found, we will end the affected Segment Options prematurely by calculating the Segment Credit as of the date the Reference Index is discontinued based on the Index Price and Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Floor or Buffer Rate that were established on the applicable Segment Start Date. The Performance Blend Segment Option will calculate the Segment Credit based on the Index Prices (for all three underlying indices) as of the date the Reference Index is discontinued and on the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Buffer Rate established on the Segment Start Date. The resulting Segment Credit will be added to your Segment Value on the scheduled Segment End Date, which will be later than the date when the Reference Index is discontinued unless the Reference Index is discontinued on the Segment End Date. If a Reference Index is discontinued and a similar Reference Index cannot be found, funds allocated to the discontinued Reference Index will not participate in any index performance from the discontinuation until the Segment End Date, and the Company will not have any exposure to index performance during this period. You may elect to have the Segment Value transferred to one or more of the available Segment Options on the scheduled Segment End Date by providing us Notice no later than two Business Days prior to your scheduled Segment End Date. If you do not provide us Notice of such election, the Segment Value will be automatically

Table of Contents

~~1.For~~transferred Milestone Lock Segment Options, until a Milestone Credit Percentage is determined after the substitution of the Reference Index, we will determine each potential Milestone Credit Percentage by: (i) adding together the percentage change in the Index Price of the original Reference Index from the most recent Milestone Date until the date of the substitution and the percentage change in the Index Price of the substituted Reference Index from the date of the substitution until the current Observation Date; and (ii) if a Milestone Credit Percentage is determined, applying the then-current Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Buffer Rate if applicable. Once a Milestone Credit Percentage has been determined (and a Milestone Date is set) after the Reference Index substitution, only the substituted Reference Index will be used to ~~measure~~ the ~~Milestone~~Fixed ~~Index~~Segment ~~Change~~Option ~~for~~with ~~any future Observation Date during~~ the shortest Segment Term Period. ~~Any~~on ~~previously determined Milestone Credit Percentages will also be used in~~ the ~~calculation~~scheduled ~~of the~~ Segment ~~Credit~~End Date.

~~2.For~~ The ~~all other Index-Linked~~ Segment ~~Options,~~Term wePeriod ~~will~~and ~~determine~~all ~~the~~applicable ~~Index~~rates ~~Change~~ for the affected Segment ~~Term~~Option, ~~Period~~including ~~by:~~the ~~(i)~~Cap ~~adding~~Rate, ~~together~~Participation ~~the~~Rate, ~~percentage~~Floor ~~change~~Rate inor ~~the~~Buffer ~~Index~~Rate, ~~Price~~Segment ofFee, ~~the~~and ~~original Reference~~ Index ~~from~~Allocation ~~the~~Percentages ~~Segment~~(for ~~Start Date until~~ the ~~date~~Performance ofBlend ~~the~~Segment ~~substitution~~Option) ~~and~~will ~~the~~not ~~percentage~~ change indue to the ~~Index~~substitution ~~Price~~ of ~~the~~a ~~substituted~~ Reference Index ~~from~~during the ~~date~~Segment ofTerm ~~the~~Period. ~~substitution~~As ~~until~~described ~~the~~in ~~Segment~~Section ~~End~~8 ~~Date;~~(“The ~~and~~Segment ~~(ii~~Options”), ~~applying~~we ~~the~~may ~~then-current~~change the Cap Rate, ~~Participation Rate,~~ and ~~Buffer~~Participation Rate ~~that~~for ~~were~~any ~~established~~subsequent ~~on the~~ Segment ~~Start~~Term ~~Date~~Period, towhich ~~that~~would ~~sum.~~be ~~The~~communicated ~~substituted~~to ~~Index~~you ~~will be incorporated~~ in ~~the Performance Blend Segment Option, if applicable~~advance.

~~3.For~~ If ~~all~~we discontinue any Reference Index~~-Linked~~ during a Segment ~~Options~~Term Period and a similar Reference Index cannot be found, the ~~resulting~~ Segment ~~Credit~~Value will be ~~added~~automatically transferred to ~~your~~the Fixed Segment Option with the shortest Segment Term Period on the scheduled Segment End Date. Alternatively, you may elect to have the Segment Value transferred to one or more of the available Segment Options on the scheduled Segment End Date by providing us Notice.

If we ~~provide~~discontinue aany ~~substitute~~Reference ~~index,~~Index weduring ~~will attempt to choose~~ a ~~new~~Segment ~~index~~Term ~~that~~Period ~~has~~and a similar ~~investment objective and risk profile to the original~~ Reference Index, ~~but~~can ~~there~~be isfound, athe ~~risk~~Segment ~~that~~Value ~~the~~will ~~performance~~remain ofin the ~~new~~Segment ~~index~~Option ~~may~~with ~~not be as good as~~ the ~~performance~~substituted ~~of the original~~ Reference Index. Ason ~~a result, funds allocated to~~ the ~~substituted~~Segment ~~index~~End ~~may~~Date ~~earn~~unless ayou ~~return~~provide ~~that~~Notice isof ~~lower~~your ~~than~~election ~~the~~to ~~return~~transfer ~~they would have earned if~~ the ~~index~~Segment ~~were~~Value ~~not~~to ~~substituted.~~a ~~The~~different ~~substituted index will also be incorporated within the Performance Blend~~ Segment Option~~, if applicable~~.

If weyou ~~discontinue~~are ~~any~~not satisfied with the available Reference Index ~~during~~options, following a ~~Segment~~discontinued ~~Term~~or ~~Period~~substituted ~~and~~Reference weIndex, doyou ~~not~~make ~~substitute~~take a ~~similar~~partial ~~Reference~~Withdrawal ~~Index~~or surrender the Contract subject to any applicable Withdrawal Charges, Equity Adjustments, and Interest Adjustments. Transfers from the affected Segment ~~Credits~~Option ~~will~~to beother ~~determined~~available asSegment ~~follows:~~Options on the Contract are not permitted until the scheduled Segment End Date.

1.For Milestone Lock Segment Options, we will determine the final Milestone Credit Percentage for the Segment Term Period by (i) adding together the percentage change in the Index Price from the most recent Milestone Date until the date of discontinuation; and (ii) applying the then-current Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Buffer Rate if applicable. Any previously determined Milestone Credit Percentages will also be used in the calculation of the Segment Credit.

2.For all other Index-Linked Segment Options, we will calculate the Segment Credit as of the date the Reference Index is discontinued (including for the Performance Blend Segment Option, if any of the three underlying indices is affected). The Segment Credit will be based on (i) the percentage change of the Index Price from the Segment Start Date to the date of discontinuation; and (ii) the then-current Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Buffer Rate.

3.For all Index-Linked Segment Options, the resulting Segment Credit will be added to your Segment Value on the scheduled Segment End Date, which will be later than the date when the Reference Index is discontinued unless the Reference Index is discontinued on the Segment End Date. If a Reference Index is discontinued and we do not provide a substitute index, funds allocated to the discontinued Reference Index will not participate in any index performance from the discontinuation until the Segment End Date, and the Company will not have any exposure to index performance during this period.

The Segment Term Period and all applicable rates for the affected Segment Option, including the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, Buffer Rate, Milestone Threshold (for Milestone Lock Segment Options), and Index Allocation Percentages (for the Performance Blend Segment Option) will not change due to the substitution of a Reference Index during the Segment Term Period. As described in Section 8 (“The Segment Options”), we may change the Cap Rate and Participation Rate for any subsequent Segment Term Period, which would be communicated to you in advance.

Table of Contents

If we discontinue any Reference Index during a Segment Term Period and we do not provide a substitute index, the Segment Value will be automatically transferred to the Fixed Segment Option on the scheduled Segment End Date. Alternatively, you may elect to have the Segment Value transferred to one or more of the available Segment Options on the scheduled Segment End Date by providing us Notice no later than two Business Days prior to your scheduled Segment End Date.

If we discontinue any Reference Index during a Segment Term Period and we provide a substitute index, the Segment Value will remain in the Segment Option with the substituted Reference Index on the Segment End Date unless you provide Notice of your election to transfer the Segment Value to a different Segment Option.

You will have no right to reject the substitution of a Reference Index. If you are not satisfied with the available Reference Index options following a discontinued or substituted Reference Index, you may take a partial Withdrawal or surrender the Contract subject to any applicable Withdrawal Charges, Equity Adjustments, and Interest Adjustments. Transfers from the affected Segment Option to other available Segment Options on the Contract are not permitted until the scheduled Segment End Date.

6. Ownership, Annuitants, Determining Life and Beneficiaries

Owner, Joint Owners

Owner means the person entitled to the ownership rights under the Contract, as named in the application. The Owner names the Annuitant or Joint Annuitant. If Joint Owners are named, as permitted for Non-Qualified Contracts only, all references to Owner shall mean Joint Owners. Joint Owners must be one another’s Spouse as of the Contract Date and must both be natural persons. All rights described in your Contract may be exercised by you, subject to the rights of any assignee on record with us and any irrevocably named Beneficiary. You may request to change an Owner by Notifying us. We will not be bound by an assignment until we acknowledge it. If your Contract is assigned, the assignment will take effect as of the date you signed the Notice, unless you specify otherwise, subject to any payments made or actions taken by us prior to receipt of this Notice. We have no liability under any assignment for our actions or omissions done in good faith. We shall not be liable for any tax consequences you may incur due to a change of Owner designation.

Annuitant, Joint Annuitants

The Annuitant is the natural person named on the Contract schedule. The Annuitant is the person whose life determines the Annuity Payments made under your Contract. We will allow you to name two natural persons on the application to serve as Joint Annuitants. If there is a Joint Annuitant, the Joint Annuitant must be the Annuitant’s spouse.

Death Benefit

If any Owner (or, if the Owner is a non-natural person, any Annuitant) dies prior to the Annuity Date, we will pay the Death Benefit to the Beneficiary. During the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit is the greater of:

1.The Purchase Payment less net proceeds from prior Withdrawals; and

~~2.The Interim Value on the date of death (See the “Contract Values” section for more information).~~22

Net proceeds from prior Withdrawals are equal to the Contract Value withdrawn after the application of Withdrawal Charges, Interest Adjustments, and Equity Adjustments. Withdrawal Charges will not be applied in determining the Death Benefit payable to your Beneficiary.

Table of Contents

2.The Interim Value on the date of death (See the “Contract Values” section for more information).

Net proceeds from prior Withdrawals are equal to the Contract Value withdrawn after the application of Withdrawal Charges, Interest Adjustments, and Equity Adjustments. Withdrawals do not include any amount deducted for the payment of Segment Fees. Withdrawal Charges will not be applied in determining the Death Benefit payable to your Beneficiary.

After the Withdrawal Charge Period, the Death Benefit will be the Interim Value on the date of death (See the “Contract Values” section for information on determining the Interim Value). If the Owner is a natural person and the Owner is changed or an additional Owner is added (or if the Owner is a non-natural person and the Annuitant is changed or an additional Annuitant is added), except through the continuation of the Contract as a surviving spouse as described below, the Death Benefit will be the Interim Value on the date of death.

We will pay the Death Benefit within five (5) years of the death of the Owner. If the Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, and if the Beneficiary is a natural person, such Beneficiary may elect for the Death Benefit to be distributed over the life of the Beneficiary, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, provided ~~the~~we are Notified of that election iswithin ~~made~~60 indays ~~accordance~~of ~~with~~the ~~Internal~~Death ~~Revenue~~Benefit ~~Code~~being ~~section~~payable 72and such distributions begin no later than one year after the Owner’s death.

Upon the death of any Joint Owner, where the surviving spouse is the surviving Joint Owner, the surviving Joint Owner will become the Beneficiary to whom the Death Benefit will be paid, and any other Beneficiary designation on record at the time of the death will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary.

If the Beneficiary is the deceased Owner’s surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the Contract as the sole Owner in lieu of receiving the Death Benefit. The Death Benefit payable upon the death of a spouse who has continued the Contract will be based on the greater of the Purchase ~~Payment~~Payments less net proceeds from prior Withdrawals and the Interim Value on the continuing spouse’s date of death during the remainder of the Withdrawal Charge Period and will be based on the Interim Value on the continuing spouse’s date of death thereafter. This provision relating to the surviving spouse can only apply once, it cannot apply a second time if the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract, remarries, and then dies.

All elections must be made by submitting the appropriate paperwork to us in Good Order.

If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Date, you may designate a new Annuitant, subject to our underwriting rules then in effect. If no designation is made within 30 days of death of the Annuitant, the younger of you or any Joint Owner will become the Annuitant.

If the Owner is a non-natural person, then the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Owner and a new Annuitant may not be designated.

Before we will pay the Death Benefit, we must receive proof of death at our Administrative Office in a form and manner satisfactory to us, which includes:

•Copy of death certificate while the Contract was in effect;

•Our claim form properly completed from each Beneficiary, as applicable; and

•Any other documents required by law.

Beneficiary

The following rules apply unless otherwise permitted by us in accordance with applicable law:

•No Beneficiary has any rights in your Contract until the Beneficiary is entitled to the Death Benefit. If the Beneficiary, including an irrevocable Beneficiary, dies before that time, all rights of that Beneficiary ~~will end at their death.~~

•If no Beneficiary has been named or if no Beneficiary is alive at the time of death of the Owner or Annuitant whose death caused the Death Benefit to be payable, then the Beneficiary is the estate of the deceased Owner or Annuitant whose death caused the Death Benefit to be payable. If the death of both Joint Annuitants or Joint Owners, as applicable, occurs simultaneously, the estates of both will be the Beneficiary in equal shares. This paragraph does not apply if there is a named Beneficiary and such Beneficiary is an entity.23

Table of Contents

will end at their death.

•If you have not designated how the Death Benefit is to be distributed and two or more Beneficiaries are entitled to the Death Benefit, the surviving Beneficiaries and any Beneficiaries that are entities will share the Death Benefit equally.

•Unless you Notify us otherwise, if you have designated how the Death Benefit is to be distributed and a Beneficiary dies prior to the time such Beneficiary is entitled to the Death Benefit, the portion of the Death Benefit designated to the deceased Beneficiary will be divided among the surviving Beneficiaries and Beneficiaries that are entities on a pro rata basis. In other words, each surviving Beneficiary’s or each entity Beneficiary’s interest in the Death Benefit will be divided by the sum of the interests of all such surviving or entity Beneficiaries to determine the percentage each Beneficiary will receive of the deceased Beneficiary’s original interest in the Death Benefit.

Change of Annuitant

Prior to the Annuity Date, you may change the Annuitant by Notifying us. A change will take effect as of the date you signed the Notice. The Annuitant may not be changed in a Contract which is owned by a non-natural person, unless the Contract is being continued by a surviving spouse as sole Beneficiary.

The Annuitant cannot be changed on or after the Annuity Date.

Change of Beneficiary

Prior to the date the Death Benefit becomes payable, you may change a Beneficiary by Notifying us. You may name one or more contingent Beneficiaries. The interest of any named irrevocable Beneficiary cannot be changed without the ~~written~~ consent of ~~that~~such Beneficiary. A change will take effect as of the date you signed the Notice. Any change is subject to payment or other action taken by us before the Notice was received by us.

Misstatement of Age or Gender

If the age of an Owner or Annuitant has been misstated and your Contract was issued after the maximum issue age, we will refund the Purchase Payment paid less any prior Withdrawals or distributions and we will void your Contract. The maximum issue age is shown on the Contract schedule.

If the age or gender of an Annuitant has been misstated, the amount we will pay in the Annuity Phase will be that which the Purchase Payment paid would have purchased if the correct age and gender had been stated. Age will be calculated as the age at the last birthday of that Annuitant. Any underpayments made by us will be immediately paid in one sum with interest compounded at the rate of 1.00% per year. Any overpayments made by us will be charged against the next succeeding Annuity Payment or payments with interest compounded at the rate of 1.00% per year.

7. Purchasing the Contract

You are required to purchase the Contract through a registered representative of a broker-dealer that has a selling agreement with our principal underwriter, Athene Securities. The Contract may not be available through all selling broker-dealers. Some selling broker-dealers may not offer and/or limit the offering of certain features or options as well as limit the availability of contracts, based on issue age or other criteria established by the selling broker-dealer.

The Contract is a Single Purchase Payment Index-Linked Deferred Annuity. The Contract may be individually or jointly owned. The Contract issued in your state may provide different features and benefits from, and impose different costs than, those described in this prospectus because of state law variations. These differences may include rights to cancel, issue age limitations, and the general availability of certain features. This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations of an Owner. It also sets forth the maximum fees and charges for all Contract features and benefits. All material state variations to the Contract, as well as state variations to the Right to

2624

Table of Contents

individually or jointly owned. The Contract issued in your state may provide different features and benefits from, and impose different costs than, those described in this prospectus because of state law variations. These differences may include rights to cancel, issue age limitations, and the general availability of certain features. This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations of an Owner. It also sets forth the maximum fees and charges for all Contract features and benefits. All material state variations to the Contract, as well as state variations to the Right to Cancel, are disclosed in the attached “Appendix CB - State Variation Chart”. You should read and retain your Contract, amendments, and or/endorsements along with a copy of this Prospectus.

The Contract has two periods: an Accumulation Phase and an Annuity Phase. During the Accumulation Phase, the Contract Value accrues Segment Credits on a tax-deferred basis based on the Segment Options that you select. If you select Index-Linked Segment Options, the Segment Credits may be positive or negative based on the performance of the Reference Index. The Contract Value may also grow on a tax-deferred basis based on a declared Annual Interest Rate associated with ~~the~~a Fixed Segment Option. You will be taxed on Contract gains when you make a Withdrawal or receive an Annuity Payment. An Interest Adjustment will apply if you take a Withdrawal at any time during the first six Contract Years, including on a Segment End Date. An Equity Adjustment will apply if you take a Withdrawal from an Index-Linked Segment Option on any date other than a Segment End Date. Contract Withdrawals taken during the first six years of the Contract are subject to a Withdrawal Charge of up to 8%.

The Annuity Phase commences when you or a designated payee begin receiving Annuity Payments under the Contract. At the start of the Annuity Phase, you can choose a Settlement Option offered under the Contract. Annuity Payments will start on the Annuity Date and continue based on the Settlement Option you elect. The Contract offers Annuity Payments based on the life of the Annuitant or Joint Annuitant or on any other basis acceptable to the Company. The Annuity Phase ends when we make the last Annuity Payment under your selected Settlement Option.

Purchase Payment

The Purchase Payment is the amount you pay to us under your Contract. The minimum Purchase Payment without prior approval by the Company is $10,000. The Purchase Payment cannot exceed $1,000,000 without prior approval by the Company. We do not accept additional Purchase Payments.

Once we receive your Purchase Payment and all necessary information in Good Order at our Administrative Office, we issue the Contract and allocate your payment to the Holding Account. A request is in Good Order if it contains all the information we require to process the request. If you do not give us all the information we need, we will contact you or your Financial Professional.

If you have questions about the information we require, or whether you can submit certain information by fax, email, or over the web, please contact our Administrative Office.

We do not begin processing your application or Purchase Payment until we receive it at our Administrative Office. A Purchase Payment is “received” when it arrives at our Administrative Office at the address listed in the Glossary regardless of how or when you submitted the payment. If we receive a Purchase Payment at the wrong address, we will send it to the address listed in the Glossary, which may delay processing.

We are not liable for applications that we do not receive. A manually signed application sent by fax, email or over the web is considered the same as an application delivered by mail. Our electronic systems (fax, email or website) may not always be available; any electronic system can experience outages or slowdowns which may delay application processing. Although we have taken precautions to help our system handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability. If you experience problems, please submit your application by mail to our Administrative Office. We reserve the right to discontinue or modify our electronic application policy at any time and for any reason.

~~Allocation of Purchase Payment~~25

You may allocate your Purchase Payment to any available Segment Option based on the Segment Allocation Percentages you select. Your Segment Allocation Percentages must be whole percentages ranging from 0% to 100%, and the sum of the Segment Allocation Percentages must equal 100% at all times. You must submit

Table of Contents

~~your Segment~~ Allocation Percentages on the Segment Allocation Form with your application, which will establish your Segment Allocation Percentages on the Contract Date. After the Contract Date, you may change your Segment Allocation Percentages by transferring all or part of ~~your~~Purchase Segment Value to another Segment Option on any Segment End Date. Please see the “Transfers” section for details on how to transfer among available Segment Options after the initial Segment Term Period.Payment

OnYou ~~the~~may ~~Contract~~allocate ~~Date,~~your ~~the~~ Purchase Payment ~~will~~to beany ~~placed~~available inSegment ~~the~~Option ~~Holding~~based ~~Account~~on ~~where it will earn daily interest at a rate equal to~~ the ~~daily~~Segment ~~Holding~~Allocation ~~Account~~Percentages ~~Fixed~~you ~~Interest Rate~~select. ~~The~~Your ~~Purchase~~Segment ~~Payment~~Allocation ~~will~~Percentages must be ~~held~~whole inpercentages ~~the~~ranging ~~Holding Account and accrue interest~~ from ~~the~~0% ~~Contract~~to ~~Date~~100%, toand the ~~day~~sum ~~before~~of the Segment ~~Start~~Allocation ~~Date.~~Percentages ~~Contracts~~must ~~which~~equal ~~have~~100% ~~been~~at ~~issued~~all ~~through~~times. ~~the~~You ~~end~~must ofsubmit ~~the~~your ~~Business~~Segment ~~Day~~Allocation ~~prior~~Percentages toon athe ~~scheduled~~ Segment ~~Start~~Allocation ~~Date~~Form ~~will~~with ~~participate~~your inapplication, ~~that Segment Start Date. Contracts~~ which ~~have~~will ~~been~~establish ~~issued~~your ~~on or after a scheduled~~ Segment ~~Start~~Allocation ~~Date~~Percentages ~~will~~on ~~participate in~~ the ~~following~~Contract ~~Segment Start~~ Date. ~~Please~~After ~~see~~the ~~Section~~Contract ~~2 “Setting Your Segment Start~~ Date, ~~Segment~~you ~~End~~may ~~Date,~~change ~~and~~your ~~Observation Dates” for details on how~~ Segment ~~Start~~Allocation ~~Dates~~Percentages ~~are~~by ~~determined.~~transferring Onall ~~the~~or ~~Segment~~part ~~Start~~of ~~Date,~~ your ~~Contract~~Segment Value ~~in the Holding Account will be transferred~~ to ~~the~~another Segment ~~Options~~Option ~~based~~ on ~~the~~any Segment ~~Allocation~~End ~~Percentages you select~~Date. ~~Interest~~Please ~~accrued~~see in the ~~Holding~~“Transfers” ~~Account~~section ~~will~~for ~~not~~details beon ~~refunded~~how ifto ~~the~~transfer ~~Initial~~among available Segment ~~Term~~Options ~~Period~~after ~~Bailout~~the ~~provision~~initial isSegment ~~exercised~~Term Period.

On the Contract Date, the Purchase Payment will be placed in the Holding Account where it will earn daily interest at a rate equal to the daily Holding Account Fixed Interest Rate. The Purchase Payment will be held in the Holding Account and accrue interest from the Contract Date to the day before the Segment Start Date. Contracts which have been issued through the end of the Business Day prior to a scheduled Segment Start Date will participate in that Segment Start Date. Contracts which have been issued on or after a scheduled Segment Start Date will participate in the following Segment Start Date. Please see Section 2 “Setting Your Segment Start and End Date” for details on how Segment Start Dates are determined. On the Segment Start Date, your Contract Value in the Holding Account will be transferred to the Segment Options based on the Segment Allocation Percentages you select. Interest accrued in the Holding Account will not be refunded if the Initial Segment Term Period Bailout provision is exercised.

Example 1

The Contract is issued (in Good Order) when funds equal to $100,000 are received on the 2nd of the month. The next available Segment Start Date is on the 8th of that month. The funds will be immediately allocated to the Holding Account and accumulate at a Holding Account Fixed Interest Rate of 2%. $100,000 accumulated with six days of interest (from the 2nd through the 7th) equates to $100,032.56 = $100,000 * (1 + 2%)^(6/365). On the 8th of the month, $100,032.56 will be allocated to the Segment Options in accordance with the Segment Allocation Percentages specified in the Segment Allocation Form. The table below shows an example allocation.

Segment Option

Crediting Method

Buffer Rate

Segment Term Period

Index

Allocation %

Value on Segment Start Date

SegmentOption Method

Floor or Buffer Rate

Segment Term Period

Index

Allocation %

Value on Segment Start Date

Fixed

~~Fixed~~-

-10%

$10%,003.26

~~$10,003.26~~

Buffer

Point-to-Point

10%

1-Year

S&P 500®

20%

$20,006.51

Floor

10%

1-Year

S&P 500®

20%

$20,006.51

Buffer

~~Point-to-Point~~10%

~~10%~~1-Year

~~1-Year~~Russell 2000®

~~Russell 2000®~~20%

$20%,006.51

~~$20,006.51~~

Buffer

~~Point-to-Point~~10%

~~10%~~2-Year

~~2-Year~~S&P 500®

~~S&P 500®~~40%

$40%,013.02

~~$40,013.02~~

Buffer

~~Milestone Lock~~20%

~~15%~~6-Year

~~6-Year~~S&P 500®

~~S&P 500®~~10%

$10%,003.26

~~$10,003.26~~

Total

100%

$100%,032.56

~~$100,032.56~~

Right to Cancel

You will have 20 days to review your Contract after you receive it (the "Right to Cancel Period"). State variations may apply and may require that you have more than 20 days to review the Contract (See the “State Specific Contract Considerations” section for more information). ~~If you exercise your right to cancel, the Contract will terminate and we will refund your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals, unless applicable state or federal law requires otherwise.~~ No Withdrawal Charge, Interest Adjustment, or Equity Adjustment will apply if you exercise your right to cancel your Contract during this period. Surrendering the Contract during the Right to Cancel Period could have tax consequences. Please consult with your Financial Professional and/or tax advisor for more information.

8. The Segment Options

~~The following table shows the Index-Linked Segment Options that are currently available. In addition to~~ 26

Table of Contents

~~the~~ The ~~Index-Linked~~following Segment Options, ~~there~~are iscurrently aavailable ~~Fixed~~for ~~Segment~~allocation ~~Option~~during ~~with~~the aAccumulation ~~1-year Segment Term Period currently available.~~Phase:

Segment Options		Buffer Rates Available
Segment Option	Index	SegmentTermPeriod	ProtectionLevel (Buffer or Floor Rate)
Crediting Method	Indices	1-year Segment Term Period	2-year Segment Term Period	6-year Segment Term Period
Buffer Segment Options:
Point-to-Point	S&P 500®	10%, 20%	10%, 20%	10%, 20%
1	S&P 500®	1-year	10%
	Shiller Barclays CAPE®	10%	10%	10%
2	Russell 2000®	1-year	10%
	Nasdaq-100®	10%	10%	10%
3	MSCI EAFE	1-year	10%
	Russell 2000®	10%	10%	10%
4	S&P 500®	2-year	10%
	MSCI EAFE	10%	10%	10%
5	Russell 2000®	2-year	10%
	Performance Blend (S&P 500®, Russell 2000®, MSCI EAFE)1	Not Available	Not Available	10%
6	MSCI EAFE	2-year	10%
Milestone Lock	S&P 500®	Not Available	Not Available	10%
7	S&P 500®	6-year	20%
8	Performance Blend (S&P 500®, Russell 2000®, MSCI EAFE)	6-year	10%
Floor Segment Options:
9	S&P 500®	1-year	10%
10	Russell 2000®	1-year	10%
11	MSCI EAFE	1-year	10%
12	S&P 500®	2-year	10%
13	Russell 2000®	2-year	10%
14	MSCI EAFE	2-year	10%
Fixed Segment Options:
15	N/A	1-year	N/A

1 In ~~Index performance is based on a weighted average return of~~ the ~~S&P~~above ~~500®~~table, ~~Russell~~“N/A” ~~2000®,~~denotes ~~and~~Not ~~MSCI EAFE indices~~Applicable. ~~See the "About the Indices" section of this prospectus for further details.~~

~~The~~You ~~Buffer~~may ~~Rates~~elect ~~offered~~a onSegment ~~available~~Option ~~Buffer~~with a six-year Segment ~~Options~~Term ~~are~~Period ~~stated~~only induring ~~your~~the first Contract ~~schedule~~Year. ~~and~~The ~~will~~Performance ~~not~~Blend ~~change~~Segment ~~after~~Option ~~the~~is ~~Issue~~available ~~Date.~~only ~~Available~~as a Buffer Segment Option with a six-year Term Period. Six-year Segment Options ~~will~~are ~~always~~not ~~include~~available afor ~~Buffer~~renewal. ~~Rate~~Two-Year ~~between~~Segment 5%Options ~~and~~are ~~30%~~not available for renewal after the first six Contract Years.

~~You~~Fundamentals ~~may~~of ~~elect~~ a ~~Segment~~Buffer ~~Option with a six-year~~ Segment ~~Term Period only during the first Contract Year. The Performance Blend Segment~~ Option and Milestone Lock Segment Option are available only with a six-year Term Period. Six-year Segment Options are not available for renewal. Two-Year Segment Options are not available for renewal after the first six Contract Years.

~~Fundamentals~~ A Buffer Rate establishes the amount of negative index performance that we will absorb before we apply a negative Segment Credit to the ~~Point~~Segment Value on a Segment End Date. A negative Segment Credit will apply for any negative Index Change or Aggregate Index Change in excess of the Buffer Rate. For example, if a Segment Option has a 10% Buffer Rate and the Index Change or Aggregate Index Change is -to15%, the excess decline of 5% (-~~Point~~15% ~~Crediting~~minus ~~Method~~-10%) will be used to determine the Segment Credit. Theoretically, for a Segment Option with a 10% Buffer Rate, the negative Index Change or Aggregate Index Change that is used to calculate the Segment Credit may be as high as 90%, which could lead to substantial loss of principal and previously credited Segment Credits. Consequently, selecting a Segment Option that offers a Buffer Rate, rather than one of the Segment Options with a Floor Rate, may result in a larger negative Segment Credit during periods of steep declines in the stock market.

~~The~~Segment ~~Point-to-Point~~Credits ~~Crediting~~for ~~Method~~a isBuffer ~~used on all Index-Linked~~ Segment ~~Options~~Option ~~except~~are ~~Milestone~~calculated ~~Lock~~as ~~Segment~~a ~~Options.~~percentage Achange ~~Segment~~in ~~Option using~~ the ~~Point-to-Point~~value ~~Crediting Method captures performance~~ of the Reference Index from the Segment Start Date to the Segment End Date byusing ~~measuring~~ the ~~percentage change in the value of the Reference Index between those dates (subject~~ point-to-point ~~the applicable Cap Rate and Participation Rate)~~method. ~~The~~A ~~value~~Buffer ~~of the Reference Index at intermediate points during the~~ Segment ~~Term~~Option ~~Period~~will ishave ~~not reflected in~~ the ~~determination~~following ofcrediting ~~Segment~~factors ~~Credits.~~that ~~The~~determine ~~Cap Rate and Participation Rate are established at~~ the ~~beginning of the~~ Segment Term Period and do not change for the length of the Segment Term Period. For Segment Term Periods greater than one year, the Cap Rate and Participation Rate apply to the entire multi-year Segment Term Period, not to each year during the Segment Term Period. Credit:

An Index-Linked Segment Option using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method will have the following crediting factors that determine the Segment Credit:

•Cap Rate - Maximum positive Index Change we will use in the calculation of the Segment Credit;

Table of Contents

•Participation Rate - Percentage multiplied by a positive Index Change or Aggregate Index Change, subject to the Cap Rate, to calculate the Segment Credit;

•Index Allocation Percentages - The percentages used to calculate the portion of Index Change from each index that will be used in the Aggregate Index Change for our Performance Blend Segment Option;

•Segment Term Period - Period of time over which the change in the Reference Index is calculated;

Table of Contents

•Buffer Rate - Maximum negative Index Change the Company will absorb before applying a negative Segment Credit to your Segment Value. A negative Segment Credit will apply for any negative Index Change or Aggregate Index Change in excess of the Buffer Rate; and

•Index Price - Closing price of the Reference Index on a Segment Start Date and Segment End Date, used to calculate the Index Change or Aggregate Index Change.

~~The~~There ~~Buffer~~is ~~Rate~~one ~~establishes~~Cap ~~the~~Rate ~~amount~~and ofone ~~negative~~Participation ~~index~~Rate ~~performance~~per ~~that~~Segment weTerm ~~will~~Period, ~~absorb~~which ~~before we~~ apply ~~a negative Segment Credit~~ to the ~~Segment~~entire ~~Value on a~~ Segment ~~End~~Term ~~Date~~Period. For ~~the Point-to-Point Crediting Method, a negative~~ Segment ~~Credit~~Term ~~will~~Periods ~~apply~~greater ~~for~~than ~~any~~one ~~negative~~year, ~~Index Change or Aggregate Index Change in excess of~~ the ~~Buffer~~Cap Rate. ~~Theoretically,~~and ~~for~~Participation ~~a Segment Option with a 10% Buffer~~ Rate, ~~the~~apply ~~negative Index Change or Aggregate Index Change that is used~~ to ~~calculate~~ the ~~Segment~~entire ~~Credit~~multi-year ~~percentage~~Segment ~~may~~Term ~~be as high as 90%~~Period, ~~which~~not ~~could lead~~ to ~~substantial~~each ~~loss~~year ofduring ~~principal~~the ~~and previously credited~~ Segment ~~Credits.~~Term ~~Any applicable Withdrawal Charges, Interest Adjustments, and Equity Adjustments could also result in a loss of principal greater than 90%~~Period. ~~Please see the below examples for a demonstration of the mechanics of the Point-to-Point Crediting Method.~~

The following grid describes how the Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Buffer Rate will impact the Segment Credit ~~for this particular Crediting Method~~, depending on index performance:

Index Change			Segment Credit ~~percentage~~ (payoff profile)
Index Change or Aggregate Index Change over the Segment Term Period is greater than or equal to the Cap Rate			Cap Rate multiplied by the Participation Rate
Index Change or Aggregate Index Change over the Segment Term Period is less than the Cap Rate but greater than zero			Index Change or Aggregate Index Change multiplied by the Participation Rate
Index Change or Aggregate Index Change over the Segment Term Period is less than zero by an amount that is less than the Buffer Rate(1)			Zero
Index Change or Aggregate Index Change over the Segment Term Period is less than zero by an amount that is more than the Buffer Rate(1)			Buffer Rate minus Index Change or Aggregate Index Change ~~plus Buffer Rate~~

(1) Buffer Rate is expressed as an Absolute (Positive) Amount

The following examples illustrate how we calculate Segment ~~Credit~~Credits ~~percentages~~ based on different levels of Index Change. All the examples assume no Withdrawals.

Example 2

For the four scenarios below, assume the following:

•◦Cap Rate = 15%

•◦Participation Rate = 100%

•◦Segment Term Period = 1-Year

•◦Buffer Rate = 10%

3028

Table of Contents

Scenario	Index Price on Segment Start Date	Index Price on Segment End Date	Index Change	~~Segment Credit percentage~~SegmentCredit
1	2,000	2,500	25%	15% (= 15% x 100%)
Scenario 1	2,000	2,500	25%	15% (= 15% x 100%)
2	2,000	2,100	5%	5% (= 5% x 100%)
Scenario 2	2,000	2,100	5%	5% (= 5% x 100%)
3	2,000	1,900	-5%	0%
Scenario 3	2,000	1,900	-5%	0%
4	2,000	1,500	-25%	-15% (= -25% + 10%)
Scenario 4	2,000	1,500	-25%	-15% (= -25% + 10%)

Example 3

For the four scenarios below, assume the following:

•◦Cap Rate = 50%

•◦Participation Rate = 120%

•◦Segment Term Period = 6-Year

•◦Buffer Rate = 20%

Scenario	Index Price on Segment Start Date	Index Price on Segment End Date	Index Change	~~Segment Credit percentage~~SegmentCredit
1	2,000	3,500	75%	60% (= 50% x 120%)
Scenario 1	2,000	3,500	75%	60% (= 50% x 120%)
2	2,000	2,100	5%	6% (= 5% x 120%)
Scenario 2	2,000	2,100	5%	6% (= 5% x 120%)
3	2,000	1,900	-5%	0%
Scenario 3	2,000	1,900	-5%	0%
4	2,000	1,500	-25%	-5% (= -25% + 20%)
Scenario 4	2,000	1,500	-25%	-5% (= -25% + 20%)

Example 4

For the four Performance Blend Segment ~~Option~~ scenarios below, assume the following:

•Cap Rate = 60%

•Participation Rate = 100%

•Index Allocation ~~Percentage~~Percentage1 1 = 50%

•Index Allocation Percentage 2 = 30%

•Index Allocation Percentage 3 = 20%

•Segment Term Period = 6-Year

•Buffer Rate = 10%

3129

Table of Contents

	Index X		Index Y		Index Z
Scenario	Index Price on Segment Start Date	Index Price on Segment End Date	Index Price on Segment Start Date	Index Price on Segment End Date	Index Price on Segment Start Date	Index Price on Segment End Date	Aggregate Index Change	Segment Credit ~~percentage~~
1	70	105	1,500	2,475	2,000	3,500	67%(1)	60% (=60% x 100%)(2)
2	70	77	1,500	1,575	2,000	1,850	5%	5% (= 5% x 100%)
3	70	65.8	1,500	1,372.5	2,000	1,940	-5%	0%
4	70	58.8	1,500	1,050	2,000	1,600	-20%	-10% (= -20% + 10%)

(1)Index X had an individual Index Change of (105/70)-1 = 50%, Index Y had an individual Index Change of (2475/1500)-1 = 65%, and Index Z had an individual Index Change of (3500/2000)-1 = 75%. Therefore, Index Z was the best performing index and uses Index Allocation Percentage 1. Index Y was the second best performing index and uses Index Allocation Percentage 2. Index X was the third best performing index and uses Index Allocation Percentage 3. The Aggregate Index Change is equal to (75% x 50%) + (65% x 30%) + (50% x 20%) = 67%

(2)Because the Aggregate Index Change is positive and above the Cap Rate, the Segment Credit ~~percentage~~ is equal to the Cap Rate times the Participation Rate

The portion of a Purchase Payment allocated to ana ~~Indexed-Linked~~Buffer Segment Option ~~using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method~~ is placed in the Separate Account, where it may be invested in debt securities and derivative instruments that hedge market risks associated with the Company’s contractual obligation to pay Segment Credits on the Segment End Date. You do not participate in the investment performance of the Separate Account; nor do you have any claim on the assets held in the Separate Account.

32Fundamentals of a Floor Segment Option

A Floor Rate establishes the maximum amount of negative Index Change that may be applied in the calculation of Segment Credits to the Segment Value. The Segment Credit on a Segment End Date will be negative if the value of the Reference Index on which the Segment Option is based declines.

Segment Credits for a Floor Segment Option are calculated as a percentage change in the value of the Reference Index from the Segment Start Date to the Segment End Date using the point-to-point method. A Floor Segment Option will have the following crediting factors that determine the Segment Credit:

a.Cap Rate - Maximum positive Index Change we will use in the calculation of the Segment Credit;

b.Participation Rate - Percentage multiplied by a positive Index Change, subject to the Cap Rate, to calculate the Segment Credit;

c.Segment Term Period - Period of time over which the change in the Reference Index is calculated;

d.Floor Rate - Maximum negative Index Change we will use in the calculation of the Segment Credit; and

e.Index Price - Closing price of the Reference Index on a Segment Start Date and Segment End Date, used in calculating the Index Change.

There is one Cap Rate and one Participation Rate per Segment Term Period, which apply to the entire Segment Term Period. For Segment Term Periods greater than one year, the Cap Rate and Participation Rate apply to the entire multi-year Segment Term Period, not to each year during the Segment Term Period.

The following grid describes how the Cap Rate, Participation Rate and Floor Rate will impact the

Table of Contents

~~Fundamentals~~Segment ofCredit, ~~the~~depending ~~Milestone~~on ~~Lock~~index ~~Crediting Method~~performance:

The Milestone Lock Crediting Method is used on Milestone Lock Segment Options (only available with a six-year Segment Term Period). A Segment Option using the Milestone Lock Crediting Method combines elements of the six-year and one-year Buffer Segment Options using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method. It guarantees a Cap Rate and Participation Rate for the full six-year Segment Term Period while also allowing the buffer protection to reset at intermediate points during the Segment Term Period if the index performance exceeds a predefined threshold percentage. Segment Options using the Milestone Lock Crediting Method provide the potential to capture gains (subject to the applicable Cap Rate and Participation Rate) and reset the buffer protection when the Reference Index performance exceeds a pre-defined threshold (the Milestone Threshold) at particular intermediate points (Observation Dates) during the Segment Term Period. The Cap Rate, Participation Rate, Milestone Threshold, and Observation Dates are established at the beginning of the Segment Term Period and do not change for the length of the Segment Term Period, which in the case of Milestone Lock Segment Options is one six-year period available only at the start of the Contract. The Milestone Threshold is the minimum Milestone Index Change required to capture a Milestone Credit Percentage on an Observation Date. The interval between Observation Dates is one year.


Index Change			Segment Credit (payoff profile)
Index Change over the Segment Term Period is greater than or equal to the Cap Rate			Cap Rate multiplied by Participation Rate
Index Change over the Segment Term Period is less than the Cap Rate but greater than zero			Index Change multiplied by Participation Rate
Index Change over the Segment Term Period is less than zero by an amount that is less than the Floor Rate(1)			Index Change
Index Change over the Segment Term Period is less than zero by an amount that is greater than the Floor Rate(1)			Negative value of Floor Rate(1)

~~The~~(1) Floor ~~Milestone~~Rate Lock Crediting Method calculates Segment Credits based on any Milestone Credit Percentages that have been determined during the Segment Term Period. A Milestone Credit Percentage will be calculated on the Segment End Date and each time the Milestone Index Change is ~~greater~~expressed ~~than~~as oran ~~equal~~Absolute to(Positive) ~~the Milestone Threshold during the Segment Term Period.~~Amount

The ~~Segment~~following ~~Credit~~examples ~~for~~illustrate ahow ~~Segment~~we ~~Option~~calculate ~~using the Milestone Lock Crediting Method may be negative even if the~~ Segment ~~Option~~Credits ~~captures~~based ~~positive index performance through Milestone Credit Percentages~~ on ~~one~~different orlevels ~~more Observation Dates as a result~~ of ~~index~~Index ~~performance~~Change. ~~having~~All ~~exceeded~~ the ~~Milestone~~examples ~~Threshold~~assume onno ~~those dates~~Withdrawals.

At the end of the six-year Segment Term Period, the Segment Credit percentage is calculated as follows:

•Add one to each Milestone Credit Percentage; then

•Multiply each of these sums together; then

•Subtract one from the result.

Theoretically, for a Segment Option using the Milestone Lock Crediting Method with a 10% Buffer Rate, the negative Milestone Index Change that is used in the Segment Credit percentage may be as high as 90%, which could lead to a substantial loss of principal and previously credited Segment Credits. Any applicable Withdrawal Charges, Interest Adjustments, and Equity Adjustments could also result in a loss of principal greater than 90%. Please see the examples below for a demonstration of the mechanics of the Milestone Lock Crediting Method.

An Index-Linked Segment Option using the Milestone Lock Crediting Method will have the following crediting factors that determine the Segment Credit:

•Cap Rate - Maximum positive Milestone Index Change we will use in the calculation of the Segment Credit. The Cap will be applied when calculating each Milestone Credit Percentage;

•Participation Rate - Percentage multiplied by a positive Milestone Index Change, subject to the Cap Rate, to calculate the Segment Credit. The Participation Rate will be applied when calculating each Milestone Credit Percentage;

•Milestone Threshold - Minimum Milestone Index Change needed in order to determine a Milestone Credit Percentage;

•Segment Term Period - Period of time between the Segment Start Date and Segment End Date;

Table of Contents

•Buffer Rate - Maximum negative Milestone Index Change the Company will absorb when calculating Segment Credits. A negative Milestone Credit Percentage will be used in the calculation of the Segment Credit if the final Milestone Index Change is negative in excess of the Buffer Rate; and

•Index Price - Closing price of the Reference Index on the Segment Start Date, Segment End Date, or Observation Dates used to calculate the Milestone Index Change.

The following grid below describes how the Cap Rate, Participation Rate and Buffer Rate will impact the Milestone Credit Percentages for this particular crediting method, depending on index performance. Milestone Credit Percentages are used to calculate the Segment Credit.

Milestone Index Change			Milestone Credit Percentage (payoff profile)
Milestone Index Change between Milestone Dates is greater than or equal to the Cap Rate; orMilestone Index Change between the most recent Milestone Date and the Segment End Date is greater than or equal to the Cap Rate			Cap Rate multiplied by the Participation Rate
Milestone Index Change between Milestone Dates is less than the Cap Rate but greater than zero; orMilestone Index Change between the most recent Milestone Date and the Segment End Date is less than the Cap Rate but greater than zero			Milestone Index Change multiplied by the Participation Rate
Milestone Index Change between the most recent Milestone Date and the Segment End Date is less than zero by an amount that is less than the Buffer Rate(1)			Zero
Milestone Index Change between the most recent Milestone Date and the Segment End Date is less than zero by an amount that is more than the Buffer Rate(1)			Final Milestone Index Change plus Buffer Rate

(1) Buffer Rate is expressed as an Absolute (Positive) amount

The following examples illustrate how we calculate both the Segment Credit percentages and Milestone Credit Percentages based on different levels of Milestone Index Change. Each example assumes no Withdrawals.

Example 5

For the ~~following~~four ~~scenario~~scenarios below, assume the following:

•◦Cap Rate = 3515%

•◦Participation Rate = ~~120~~100%

•◦Segment Term Period = 61-Year

~~•Buffer~~◦Floor Rate = 1510%

•Milestone Threshold = 25%


Scenario	Index Price on Segment Start Date	Index Pricing on Segment End Date	Index Change	Segment Credit
Scenario 1	2,000	2,500	25%	15% (= 15% x 100%)
Scenario 2	2,000	2,100	5%	5% (= 5% x 100%)
Scenario 3	2,000	1,900	-5%	-5%
Scenario 4	2,000	1,500	-25%	-10%

Table of Contents

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Year 6

Index Price on Most Recent Milestone Date

2,000

2,540

3,480

Index Price on Observation Date

2,200

2,540

2,286

2,667

3,480

2,610

Milestone Index Change

10%

27%

-10%

37%

-25%

Milestone Credit Percentage Determined

Yes

New Milestone Date

Yes

Milestone Credit Percentage(1)

Not Applicable

32.4% (= 27% x 120%)

Not Applicable

42% (= 35% x 120%)

-10% (= -25% + 15%)

Segment Credit percentage(1)

69.2% (= [(1 + 32.4%) x (1 + 42%) x (1 + -10%)] - 1)

(1) Neither Milestone Credit Percentages nor Segment Credit percentages will be applied to the Segment Value until the Segment End Date.

Example 6

For the ~~following~~four ~~scenario~~scenarios below, assume the following:

•◦Cap Rate = 3515%

•◦Participation Rate = ~~120~~110%

•◦Segment Term Period = 62-Year

~~•Buffer~~◦Floor Rate = 1510%

•Milestone Threshold = 25%


Scenario	Index Price on Segment Start Date	Index Pricing on Segment End Date	Index Change	Segment Credit
Scenario 1	2,000	2,500	25%	16.5% (= 15% x 110%)
Scenario 2	2,000	2,100	5%	5.5% (= 5% x 110%)
Scenario 3	2,000	1,900	-5%	-5%
Scenario 4	2,000	1,500	-25%	-10%

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Year 6

Index Price on Most Recent Milestone Date

2,000

2,520

Index Price on Observation Date

1,800

2,100

2,400

2,520

2,772

1,512

Milestone Index Change

-10%

20%

26%

10%

-40%

Milestone Credit Percentage Determined

Yes

New Milestone Date

Yes

Milestone Credit Percentage(1)

Not Applicable

31.2% (= 26% x 120%)

Not Applicable

-25% (= -40% + 15%)

Segment Credit percentage(1)

-1.6% (= [(1 + 31.2%) x (1 + -25%)] - 1)

(1) Neither Milestone Credit Percentages nor Segment Credit percentages will be applied to the Segment Value until the Segment End Date.

Table of Contents

The portion of a Purchase Payment allocated to a Floor Segment Option is placed in the Separate Account, where it may be invested in debt securities and derivative instruments that hedge market risks associated with the Company’s obligation to pay Segment Credits on the Segment End Date. You do not participate in the investment performance of the Separate Account; nor do you have any claim on the assets held in the Separate Account.

Fundamentals of a Fixed Segment Option

A Fixed Segment Option guarantees the rate of interest that will be credited to the Segment Value daily within each Segment Term Period. The Annual Interest Rate is applied in a compounding fashion, based on a 365-day year. The Segment Credit to a Fixed Segment Option cannot be negative. A Fixed Segment Option will have the following Crediting Factors that determine the Segment Credit:

a.Segment Term Period - Period of time over which the declared Annual Interest Rate is applicable; and

b.Annual Interest Rate - Annualized rate of interest that will be credited daily to a Fixed Segment Option.

Example 7

For the four scenarios below, assume the following:

•Cap Rate = 35%

•Participation Rate = 120%

•Segment Term Period = 6-Year

•Buffer Rate = 15%

•Milestone Threshold = 25%

•No Milestone Credit Percentages determined prior to the Segment End Date

Scenario	Index Price on Segment Start Date	Index Price on Segment End Date	Milestone Index Change	Final MilestoneCredit Percentage	Segment Credit percentage
1	2,000	2,900	45%	42% (= 35% x 120%)	42%
2	2,000	2,200	10%	12% (= 10% x 120%)	12%
3	2,000	1,900	-5%	0%	0%
4	2,000	1,500	-25%	-10% (= -25% + 15%)	-10%

The portion of a Purchase Payment allocated to an Indexed-Linked Segment Option using the Milestone Lock Crediting Method is placed in the Separate Account, where it may be invested in debt securities and derivative instruments that hedge market risks associated with the Company’s contractual obligation to pay Segment Credits on the Segment End Date. You do not participate in the investment performance of the Separate Account; nor do you have any claim on the assets held in the Separate Account.

Fundamentals of the Fixed Crediting Method

The Fixed Crediting Method is used on the Fixed Segment Option. This Crediting Method guarantees the rate of interest that will be credited to the Segment Value daily within each Segment Term Period. The Annual Interest Rate is applied in a compounding fashion, based on a 365-day year. The Segment Credit to the Fixed Segment Option cannot be negative. The Fixed Segment Option will have the following Crediting Factors that determine the Segment Credit:

•Segment Term Period - Period of time over which the declared Annual Interest Rate is applicable; and

•Annual Interest Rate - Annualized rate of interest that will be credited daily to the Fixed Segment Option.

Example 8

Assume the Annual Interest Rate for a 1-year Segment Term Period is 2%.

•c.The Segment Value on the Segment Start Date = $100,000; and

•d.The Segment Value halfway through the Segment Term Period = $100,000 * (1 + 0.02) ^ 0.5 = $100,995.05.

•e.The Segment Value at the end of the Segment Term Period = $100,000 * (1 + 0.02) ^1 = $102,000.00.

The portion of a Purchase Payment allocated to ~~the~~a Fixed Segment Option is placed in the Separate Account, where it is invested in debt securities. You do not participate in the investment performance of the Separate Account; nor do you have any claim on the assets held in the Separate Account.

Table of Contents

Cap Rate

The Cap Rate establishes the maximum positive Index Change, ~~Aggregate Index Change,~~ or ~~Milestone~~Aggregate Index Change used to calculate Segment Credits for Index-Linked Segment Options before the Participation Rate is applied. The initial Cap Rate is guaranteed for the first Segment Term Period only. New Cap Rates will become effective on each Segment Start Date. The Cap Rate for each Buffer Segment Option and Floor Segment Option is guaranteed never to be less than the ~~minimum~~Minimum Cap Rate of 12% for 1-year Segment Term Periods and 24% for 2-year Segment Term Periods. 6-year Segment Options are not renewable.

You will not know the Cap Rate for any Index-Linked Segment Option on the date the Contract is issued. But through our Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision, we will provide you a Bailout Cap Rate that will be specified in your Contract schedule. If the declared Cap Rate for a Segment Option to which you have allocated Contract Value is lower than the Bailout Rate specified in your Contract schedule, you may cancel your Contract for sixty (60) days after your Contract Date and received your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals (see “Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision” for more information).

The Company determines daily indicative Cap Rates at the end of each Business Day for Segment Options and publishes them on our website, www.athene.com/~~amplify2nf~~amplify-rates. These indicative rates provide an estimate of how the Cap Rates may be set on the initial Segment Start Date, but they should not be construed as any guarantee of or limitation on how the Company may set the Cap Rates used for your Contract. We reserve the right not to publish daily indicative rates for any reason we choose.

At least fifteen calendar days before each Segment End Date, we will Notify you of the Cap Rate for each available Segment Option for the new Segment Term Period. The Cap Rate for a new Segment Term Period may be higher, lower or equal to the Cap Rate for the current Segment Term Period and may be significantly lower than the Bailout Rate provided for the first Segment Term Period, but will not be less than the minimum Cap Rate. If the new Cap Rate is lower than your current Cap Rate, it will reduce your opportunity to receive a positive Segment Credit. You risk the possibility that the Cap Rate declared for a new Segment Term Period will be lower than you would find acceptable. You will have the choice of continuing in the Segment Option with the new Cap Rate or transferring your Segment Value to another available Segment Option. If the new Cap Rate is less than you find acceptable, you must give us Notice of any Transfer request no later than two Business Days prior to your next Segment Start Date. You may also request a Withdrawal of the Segment Value, subject to any applicable Interest Adjustment, Equity Adjustment and Withdrawal Charge (please see the section "Access to your Contract Value" for information on requesting a Withdrawal). If you do not exercise a Performance Lock, do not provide us a Transfer request, or withdraw the Segment Value, you will stay in your current Segment Option, subject to the new Cap Rate, for the next Segment Term Period.

Table of Contents

higher, lower or equal to the Cap Rate for the current Segment Term Period and may be significantly lower than the Bailout Rate provided for the first Segment Term Period, but will not be less than the Minimum Cap Rate. If the new Cap Rate is lower than your current Cap Rate, it will reduce your opportunity to receive a positive Segment Credit. You risk the possibility that the Cap Rate declared for a new Segment Term Period will be lower than you would find acceptable. You will have the choice of continuing in the Segment Option with the new Cap Rate or transferring your Segment Value to another available Segment Option. If the new Cap Rate is less than you find acceptable, you must give us Notice of any Transfer request no later than two Business Days prior to your next Segment Start Date. You may also request a Withdrawal of the Segment Value, subject to any applicable Interest Adjustment, Equity Adjustment and Withdrawal Charge (please see the section "Access to your Contract Value" beginning on page 39 for information on requesting a Withdrawal). If you do not provide us a Transfer request or withdraw the Segment Value, you will stay in your current Segment Option, subject to the new Cap Rate, for the next Segment Term Period.

Participation Rate

The Participation Rate is a percentage that is multiplied by any positive Index Change, ~~Aggregate Index Change,~~ or ~~Milestone~~Aggregate Index Change, after the application of the Cap Rate, to calculate the Segment Credit for Index-Linked Segment Options. If the Participation Rate is higher than 100%, this may result in a Segment Credit that exceeds the Cap Rate. The Participation Rate is never applied to a negative Index Change. The initial Participation Rate is guaranteed for the first Segment Term Period only. A new Participation Rate will become effective on each Segment Start Date. The Participation Rate for each Buffer Segment Option and Floor Segment Option is guaranteed to never be less than the ~~minimum~~Minimum Participation Rate of 100%.

You will not know the Participation Rate for any Index-Linked Segment Option on the date the Contract is issued. But through our initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision, we will provide you a Bailout Participation Rate that will be specified in your Contract schedule. If the declared Participation Rate for a Segment Option to which you have allocated Contract Value is lower than the Bailout Rate specified in your Contract schedule, you may cancel your Contract for sixty (60) days after your Contract Date and receive your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals (see “Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision” for more information).

37 The Company determines daily indicative Participation Rates at the end of each Business Day for Segment Options and published them on our website, www.athene.com/amplify-rates. These indicative rates provide an estimate of how the Participation Rates may be set on the Initial Segment Start Date, but they should not be construed as any guarantee of or limitation on how the Company may set the Participation Rates used for your Contract. We reserve the right not to publish daily indicative rates for any reason we choose.

At least fifteen calendar days before each Segment End Date, we will Notify you of the Participation Rate for each available Segment Option for the new Segment Term Period. The Participation Rate for a new Segment Term Period may be higher, lower or equal to the Participation Rate for the current Segment Term Period and may be significantly lower than the Bailout Rate provided for the first Segment Term Period, but will not be less than the Minimum Participation Rate of 100%. If the new Participation Rate is lower than your current Participation Rate, it will reduce your opportunity to receive a positive Segment Credit. You risk the possibility that the Participation Rate declared for a new Segment Term Period will be lower than you would find acceptable. You will have the choice of continuing in the Segment Option with the new Participation Rate or transferring your Segment Value to another available Segment Option. If the new Participation Rate is less than you find acceptable, you must give us Notice of your requested Transfer no later than two Business Days prior to your Segment Start Date. You may also request a Withdrawal of the Segment Value, subject to any applicable Interest Adjustment, Equity Adjustment and Withdrawal Charge (please see the section "Access to your Contract Value" beginning on page 39 for information on requesting a Withdrawal). If you do not provide us a Transfer request or withdraw the Segment Value you will stay in your current Segment Option, subject to the new Participation Rate, for the next Segment Term Period.

Table of Contents

The Company determines daily indicative Participation Rates at the end of each Business Day for Segment Options and published them on our website, www.athene.com/amplify2nf-rates. These indicative rates provide an estimate of how the Participation Rates may be set on the Initial Segment Start Date, but they should not be construed as any guarantee of or limitation on how the Company may set the Participation Rates used for your Contract. We reserve the right not to publish daily indicative rates for any reason we choose.

At least fifteen calendar days before each Segment End Date, we will Notify you of the Participation Rate for each available Segment Option for the new Segment Term Period. The Participation Rate for a new Segment Term Period may be higher, lower or equal to the Participation Rate for the current Segment Term Period and may be significantly lower than the Bailout Rate provided for the first Segment Term Period, but will not be less than the minimum Participation Rate of 100%. If the new Participation Rate is lower than your current Participation Rate, it will reduce your opportunity to receive a positive Segment Credit. You risk the possibility that the Participation Rate declared for a new Segment Term Period will be lower than you would find acceptable. You will have the choice of continuing in the Segment Option with the new Participation Rate or transferring your Segment Value to another available Segment Option. If the new Participation Rate is less than you find acceptable, you must give us Notice of your requested Transfer no later than two Business Days prior to your Segment Start Date. You may also request a Withdrawal of the Segment Value, subject to any applicable Interest Adjustment, Equity Adjustment and Withdrawal Charge (please see the section "Access to your Contract Value" for information on requesting a Withdrawal). If you do not exercise a Performance Lock, do not provide us a Transfer request, or withdraw the Segment Value, you will stay in your current Segment Option, subject to the new Participation Rate, for the next Segment Term Period.

Annual Interest Rate

The Annual Interest Rate is used in the calculation of Segment Credits for ~~the~~ Fixed Segment ~~Option~~Options. It is the rate of interest that is credited to the Segment Value over the Segment Term Period. The initial Annual Interest Rate is guaranteed for the first Segment Term Period only. If the Annual Interest Rate declared for the first Segment Term Period for a Segment Option to which you have allocated Contract Value is lower than the Bailout Rate specified in your Contract schedule, you may cancel your Contract for sixty (60) days after your Contract Date and receive your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals (see “Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision” for more information). A new Annual Interest Rate will become effective on each Segment Start Date. The Annual Interest Rate for ~~the~~each Fixed Segment Option is guaranteed to never be less than the ~~minimum~~Minimum Annual Interest Rate shown on your Contract schedule. The ~~minimum~~Minimum Annual Interest Rate will not be less than 01.1500%.

At least fifteen calendar days before each Segment End Date, we will Notify you of the Annual Interest Rate for each available Segment Option for the new Segment Term Period. The Annual Interest Rate for a new Segment Term Period may be higher, lower, or equal to the Annual Interest Rate for the current Segment Term Period and may be significantly lower than the Bailout Rate provided for the first Segment Term Period, but will never be less than the ~~minimum~~Minimum Annual Interest Rate. You risk the possibility that the Annual Interest Rate declared for a new Segment Term Period will be lower than you would find acceptable. You will have the choice of continuing in the Segment Option with the new Annual Interest Rate, transferring your Segment Value to another available Segment Option, or withdrawing the Segment Value. Withdrawals will be subject to any applicable Interest Adjustment and Withdrawal Charge (please see the section "Access to your Contract Value" beginning on page 39 for information on requesting a Withdrawal). If the new Annual Interest Rate is less than you find acceptable, you must give us Notice of a Transfer request no later than two Business Days prior to your Segment Start Date. If you do not inform us that you want to Transfer your Segment Value to another Segment Option or withdraw the Segment Value, you will stay in your current Segment Option, subject to the new Annual Interest Rate, for the next Segment Term Period.

Table of Contents

Segment Term Period

The Segment Term Period for each Segment Option will be shown on the Contract schedule. Segment Term Periods are one, two, or six years. Segment Options with six-year Segment Term Periods are not renewable. Upon expiration of each Segment Option with one and two-year Segment Term Periods, a new Segment Term Period will begin. Segment Options beyond the Withdrawal Charge Period will be limited to one-year Segment Term Periods. Please see the “Setting Your Segment Start ~~Date,~~and ~~Segment~~ End Date~~, and Observation Dates~~” section for further details.

Setting the Cap Rates, Participation Rates, Segment Fee, and Annual Interest Rates

The Company retains the right to change the current Cap Rate, Participation Rate, and Annual Interest Rate for each applicable Segment Option for each ~~new~~ Segment Term Period at its discretion, subject to the ~~minimum~~Minimum Cap Rate, ~~minimum~~Minimum Participation Rate, and ~~minimum~~Minimum Annual Interest Rate for each Segment Option. The Company considers a number of factors when determining whether to make such a change, including, but not limited to, the following:

•a.Changes in derivative, equity, and/or fixed income instrument valuations;

•b.Increases in hedging costs that have an impact on the Company’s ability to offer the Contract;

•c.Derivative market changes that impact availability and structure of derivative instruments used to hedge market risk associated with the reference indices;

•d.Negative fixed income instrument default experience realized by the Company;

•e.Changes in Company and/or contract cost structure due to regulatory or other business management concerns; and

•f.Unanticipated experience that varies from our actuarial assumptions.

We manage the market risk associated with our obligation to provide Segment Credits for Index-Linked Segment Options in part by trading call and put options and other derivative instruments on the available indices. The costs of the call and put options and other derivative instruments vary based on market conditions, and we may adjust future Cap Rates and Participation Rates based on these changes. You bear the risk that we may reduce the Cap Rate and Participation Rates for future Segment Term Periods, which will reduce the amount of positive Segment Credit that you may receive. We determine the applicable Cap Rates and Participation Rate for each Segment Option at our sole discretion. Rates offered on Segment Option renewals may be different from those offered to new investors.

We also consider various factors in determining the Buffer Rates, Milestone Thresholds, and Annual Interest Rates at the time we issue the Contract, including available investment returns, the cost of our risk management techniques, sales commissions, administrative expenses, regulatory and tax requirements, general economic trends, and competitive factors. We determine the Buffer Rates, Milestone Thresholds, and Annual Interest Rates at our sole discretion.34

Performance Lock

The Performance Lock feature will be available to new and existing contracts under this Prospectus beginning on [June 27, 2022], subject to state approval. It allows you to capture the Performance Lock Value of an Index-Linked Segment Option during the Segment Term Period. A Performance Lock may be exercised for any of the Index-Linked Segment Options to which funds are currently allocated.

You may exercise a Performance Lock for an Indexed-Linked Segment Option at any time during the Segment Term Period up to two Business Days prior to the end of the Segment Term Period. Only one Performance Lock may be exercised per Segment Term Period for each Index-Linked Segment Option. However, you may exercise a Performance Lock at different times for each Index-Linked Segment Option so long as you do so up to two Business Days prior to the end of the Segment Term Period for that Segment Option. A Performance Lock may not be applied retroactively and can only be exercised for the entire Segment Value. Partial Performance Locks of

Table of Contents

The costs of the call and put options and other derivative instruments vary based on market conditions, and we may adjust future Cap Rates and Participation Rates based on these changes. You bear the risk that we may reduce the Cap Rate and Participation Rates for future Segment ~~Value~~Term ~~are~~Periods, ~~not~~which ~~permitted~~will reduce the amount of positive Segment Credit that you may receive. We determine the applicable Cap Rates and Participation Rate for each Segment Option at our sole discretion. Rates offered on Segment Option renewals may be different from those offered to new investors.

We ~~Once~~also ~~you~~consider ~~exercise~~various afactors ~~Performance~~in ~~Lock~~determining ~~for~~the aFloor ~~given~~Rates, ~~Index-Linked~~Buffer Rates, Segment ~~Option~~Fees, itand isAnnual ~~irrevocable~~Interest ~~for~~Rates ~~that~~at ~~Segment~~the ~~Term~~time ~~Period.~~we Atissue the ~~end~~Contract, including available investment returns, the cost of ~~that~~our ~~Segment~~risk ~~Term~~management ~~Period~~techniques, ~~you~~sales ~~may~~commissions, ~~choose~~administrative toexpenses, ~~exercise~~regulatory aand ~~Performance~~tax ~~Lock~~requirements, ~~again~~general ~~during~~economic ~~the~~trends, ~~next~~and ~~Segment~~competitive ~~Term~~factors. ~~Period~~We ifdetermine ~~that~~the ~~Index-Linked~~Floor Rates, Buffer Rates, Segment ~~Option~~Fees, isand ~~still~~Annual ~~available.~~Interest Rates at our sole discretion.

When you exercise a Performance Lock, we will use the Performance Lock Value calculated at the end of the Business Day we receive your request in Good Order. As this value is calculated at the end of the Business Day, this means you won't be able to determine your Performance Lock Value in advance. Therefore, the Performance Lock Value you capture may be higher or lower than it was at the point in time you requested a Performance Lock. Performance Lock requests will be permitted up to two Business Days prior to a Segment End Date. If we receive a request in Good Order on a non-Business Day or after close of a Business Day, the request will be deemed to be received on the next Business Day. For requests submitted in writing, we do not consider the request to be received until it arrives at our Administrative Office.

Once a Performance Lock is exercised, the locked Index-Linked Segment Option will not receive a Segment Credit on the Segment End Date. Instead, the Performance Lock Value for that Segment Option will be transferred on the Performance Lock Date to the one-year Fixed Segment Option, where it will accrue interest daily for the remainder of the one-year Fixed Segment Term Period. This means that the Segment Term Period for any Index-Linked Segment Option for which you exercise a Performance Lock will conclude at the end of the current one-year Fixed Segment Term Period, even if the original Segment End Date was later. Following the transfer, the terms of the Fixed Segment Option (Segment Start Date, Segment End Date, and Annual Interest Rate) will match the existing terms for the current one-year Fixed Segment Term Period.

At the end of the one-year Fixed Segment Term Period, the Fixed Segment Value will automatically be re-allocated proportionately to each Index-Linked Segment Option for which you exercised a Performance Lock, unless you instruct otherwise. Subject to availability, a new Segment Term Period will begin at that time. Please note that six-year Segment Options are only available in the first Contract Year, and two-year Segment Options are only available during the first six Contract Years. The proportional mechanism is intended to re-allocate the Fixed Segment Value based on the relative amounts that were transferred to the Fixed Segment Option through the exercise of Performance Locks. If you would like different allocations for the next Segment Term Period, you may request to do so per the terms of Section 9 ("Transfers on Segment End Dates"). The proportional re-allocation is based on the following formula:

A x (B / (C + D)), where:

A. is the one-year Fixed Segment Option Segment Value on the Segment End Date;

B. is the Performance Lock Value for a given Index-Linked Segment Option on its Performance Lock Date;

C. is the existing one-year Fixed Segment Option Segment Value on the first Performance Lock Date during the current Segment Term Period (before the transfer of the Performance Lock Value); and

D. is the sum of the Performance Lock Values for each Index-Linked Segment Option that exercised a Performance Lock during the current Segment Term Period.

At the next Segment End Date (for the one-year Fixed Segment Option) following a Performance Lock, the resulting amount from this formula will be transferred to the same Index-Linked Segment Option for which the Performance Lock was exercised if the same Index-Linked Segment Option is available. If a Performance Lock was exercised for a two-year or six-year Segment Option that is no longer available, the resulting amount from this formula will be transferred to that Segment Option’s one-year counterpart. If a one-year counterpart is not available, the resulting amount from this formula will remain in the Fixed Segment Option unless you instruct otherwise. Additionally, unless you instruct otherwise, the resulting amount from A x (C / (C + D)) will remain in the Fixed Segment Option, which represents the funds that were originally in the Fixed Segment Option before funds from other Segment Options were transferred via Performance Lock. It is important to note that six-year Segment Options are only available in the first Contract Year. Exercising a Performance Lock on a six-year Segment Option means you will not have the ability to re-allocate to a six-year Segment Option. For examples of the transfer and re-allocation mechanics when a Performance Lock is exercised, please see Appendix B.

Table of Contents

A Performance Lock can help eliminate uncertainty regarding future Reference Index performance and potentially limit the impact of a negative Segment Credit you would otherwise receive. It also allows you transfer the Segment Value out of an Index-Linked Segment Option before the Segment End Date. The disadvantage of exercising a Performance Lock is that the Reference Index could increase between the Performance Lock Date and the Segment End Date, and you will not participate in that increase. In addition, if you exercise a Performance Lock, you may receive less than the full protection of the Buffer compared to what you would have received if you waited for us to apply the Segment Credit on the Segment End Date.

Initial Segment Term Period Bailout Provision

We declare the Cap Rate, Participation Rate and Annual Interest Rate for the initial Segment Term Period on the Segment Start Date. You will not know the applicable rates at the time you purchase your Contract. But if the declared Cap Rate, Participation Rate or Annual Interest Rate for a Segment Option to which you have allocated Contract Value is lower than the Bailout Rate specified in your Contract schedule, you may cancel the Contract during the first sixty (60) days after your Contract Date and receive your Purchase Payment less any Withdrawals. No Withdrawal Charge, Interest Adjustment, or Equity Adjustment will apply if you exercise this provision. Interest accrued in the Holding Account will not be refunded if this provision is exercised. The Bailout Rate will be available to you when you submit your application.

Taking advantage of this provision may have tax consequences. You should consult your Financial Professional and/or tax advisor for more information.

9. Transfers on Segment End Dates

Transfers Between Segment Options by Request

At least fifteen calendar days prior to the Segment End Date, we will Notify you of the Cap Rates, Participation Rates, and Annual Interest Rates applicable to available Segment Options for the next Segment Term Period. Cap Rates, Participation Rates, and Annual Interest Rates offered at renewal may be different from the Cap Rates, Participation Rates, and Annual Interest Rates offered to new investors. If you want to transfer Segment Value to one or more Segment Option(s), you must Notify us at least two Business Days prior to the next Segment Start Date. Each Segment Option from which you transfer Contract Value must be at the end of a Segment Term Period. If you do not ~~exercise a Performance Lock and you do not~~ provide us Notice requesting a transfer or Withdraw Segment Value on the Segment End Date, your Segment Value will remain in the same Segment Option(s), subject to the new Cap Rates, Participation Rates, and Annual Interest Rates, as applicable. Cap Rates, Participation Rates, and Annual Interest Rates for the new Segment Term Period will not change from the date you receive the renewal letter to the next Segment Start Date.

Segment Options with a six-year Segment Term Period are not renewable. If you do not request a transfer of the Segment Value of an expiring Segment Option with a six-year Segment Term Period, ~~exercise a Performance Lock,~~ or withdraw the Segment Value, we will allocate the Segment Value to the Fixed Segment Option with the shortest Segment Term Period. Segment Options beyond the Withdrawal Charge Period will be limited to one-year Segment Term Periods. Segment Options with a two-year Segment Term Period expiring on or after the last day of the Withdrawal Charge Period will automatically transfer their Segment Value to their one-year ~~counterpart,~~counterparts ~~if available,~~ at the end of the Segment Term Period, unless you instruct otherwise. For example, if you were allocated to the 2-year ~~Buffer~~Floor Segment Option ~~using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method~~ with ~~a Buffer Rate of 10% and~~ MSCI EAFE as the Reference Index at the end of the Withdrawal Charge Period, your Segment Value would be automatically transferred on the Segment End Date to the 1-year ~~Buffer~~Floor Segment Option ~~using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method~~ with ~~a Buffer Rate of 10% and~~ MSCI EAFE as the Reference Index, unless you instruct otherwise. ~~If a one-year counterpart is not available, we will allocate the Segment Value to the Fixed Segment Option, unless you instruct otherwise.~~

~~10. Contract Values~~35

Withdrawals from Contract Value will be subject to an Interim Value calculation and the deduction of any

Table of Contents

~~applicable Withdrawal Charge~~10. ~~The proceeds you receive from the Withdrawal in the form of a partial Withdrawal, a surrender of the~~ Contract, or the payment of the Death Benefit will be calculated by applying the Interim Value calculation to the Contract Value, as described below, and deducting any applicable Withdrawal Charge from the Interim Value.Values

Withdrawals from Contract Value will be subject to an Interim Value calculation and the deduction of any applicable Withdrawal Charge. The proceeds you receive from the Withdrawal in the form of a partial Withdrawal, a surrender of the Contract, or the payment of the Death Benefit will be calculated by applying the Interim Value calculation to the Contract Value, as described below, and deducting any applicable Withdrawal Charge from the Interim Value.

We will calculate your Interim Value at the end of each Business Day and will publish the value on our customer portal (www.athene.com/MyAthene) on the following Business Day. We reserve the right to not publish the Interim Value for any reason we choose. You may determine the Interim Value as of the previous Business Day by calling our Administrative Office. The Interim Value is equal to the sum of the Segment Interim Values.

Contract Value

Contract Value at any time is equal to the sum of the Segment Values.

Segment Value

The Segment Value for any Segment Option on the initial Segment Start Date is the amount of the Purchase Payment and Holding Account interest allocated to the Segment Option. On any other day, your Segment Value for a Segment Option is equal to A +- B + C -+ D - E - F, where:

A is the Segment Value as of the previous day;

B is the ~~amount of any~~ Segment ~~Credit~~Fee ~~applied~~amount todeducted from the Segment Option on this date;

C is ~~any~~the amount ~~transferred~~of ~~from~~any ~~your Contract’s other~~ Segment ~~Options~~Credit applied to ~~this~~the Segment Option on this date;

D is any amount transferred from ~~this Segment Option to~~ your Contract’s other Segment Options to this Segment Option on this date; ~~and~~

E is any ~~Withdrawals~~amount ~~deducted~~transferred from ~~the~~this Segment Option to your Contract’s other Segment Options on this date.; and

~~Index-Linked~~F is ~~Segment~~any ~~Option~~Withdrawals ~~Segment~~deducted ~~Credits will be applied only on a Segment End Date. Transfers to and~~ from athe Segment Option ~~will occur only~~ on athis ~~Segment End Date, except due to the exercise of a Performance Lock~~date.

Index-Linked Segment ~~Credits~~Option ~~applied to your~~ Segment ~~Value~~Credits ~~and any transfer requests~~ will be ~~reflected~~applied onand ~~your~~transfers ~~next account statement. You may determine the amount of any Segment Credit that has accrued~~ to ~~the~~and ~~Fixed~~from ~~Segment Option by calling our Administrative Office. Unless you have requested transfers or exercised~~ a ~~Performance Lock, your~~ Segment ~~Value~~Option ~~at the beginning of the new Segment Term Period~~ will ~~equal~~occur ~~your~~only ~~Segment~~on ~~Value~~a ~~as of the~~ Segment End Date ~~after the application of the Segment Credit~~.

Segment Credit applied to your Segment Value and any transfer request will be reflected on your next account statement. You may determine the amount of any Segment Credit that has accrued to any Fixed Segment Option by calling our Administrative Office. Unless you have requested transfers, your Segment Value at the beginning of the new Segment Term Period will equal your Segment Value as of the Segment End Date after the application of the Segment Credit.

Segment Interim Value

The Interim Value calculation consists of two parts: an Interest Adjustment and an Equity Adjustment, which are calculated separately for each Segment Option to which you allocate Contract Value. An Interest Adjustment will apply if you take a Withdrawal from ~~the~~a Fixed Segment Option or an Index-Linked Segment Option at any time during the first six Contract Years, including on a Segment End Date. An Equity Adjustment will apply if you take a Withdrawal from an Index-Linked Segment Option on any date other than a Segment End Date. The Segment Interim Value is equal to the Segment Value adjusted for any applicable Interest Adjustment and Equity Adjustment.

The purpose of the Interim Value calculation is to approximate changes in the market value of debt securities and derivative instruments supporting your Contract, which we sell to fund the Withdrawal. The Interest Adjustment, which may be positive or negative, is designed to approximate changes in the value of debt instruments based on changes in market interest rates. The Equity Adjustment, which also may be positive or negative, is designed to approximate the changes in the value of derivative instruments that hedge market risks associated with

4236

Table of Contents

Adjustment, which may be positive or negative, reflects changes in the value of debt instruments based on changes in market interest rates. The Equity Adjustment, which also may be positive or negative, reflects the changes in the value of derivative instruments that hedge market risks associated with our contractual obligation to apply Segment Credits to Index-Linked Segment Options, based on the performance of the Reference Index on the Segment End Date. The Withdrawal proceeds you receive will reflect positive or negative adjustments assessed by way of any applicable Interest Adjustment and Equity Adjustment as well as the deduction of any applicable Withdrawal Charge.

On any day, the Segment Interim Value for an Index-Linked Segment Option is equal to A + B + C, where:

A.is the Segment Value on this date;

B.is any applicable Interest Adjustment on this date; and

C.is any applicable Equity Adjustment on this date.

The Equity Adjustment is equal to zero on any Segment End Date.

On any day, the Segment Interim Value for ~~the~~any Fixed Segment Option is equal to A + B, where:

A.is the Segment Value on this date; and

B.is any applicable Interest Adjustment on this date.

For examples of how we calculate the Segment Interim Value, please see Appendix A.

Interest Adjustment

The Company invests in fixed income assets to support the value of the Segment Options. Upon any Withdrawal, including annuitization, death, partial Withdrawal, or surrender, the Company must sell a portion of these assets. The Interest Adjustment approximates the change in value of the fixed income assets that are sold to fund any distribution from the Contract. It is applied consistently across all Segment Options available in the Contract and does not relate specifically to any particular fixed income assets supporting the Contract. The Interest Adjustment applies only during the first six Contract Years (when a Withdrawal Charge ~~will~~may apply ~~to Withdrawals in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount~~). The Interest Adjustment is equal to zero after the expiration of the Withdrawal Charge Period.

On any day, the total Interest Adjustment for any Segment Option equals (A x B) where:

A.is the Segment Value on this date, immediately prior to any Withdrawal; and

B.is the Interest Adjustment Factor.

The Interest Adjustment Factor for any Segment Option equals (RN/12 -1), where:

N is the number of complete months remaining before the Withdrawal Charge Period expires; and

R is equal to (1 + A) / (1 + B), where:

A.is the Beginning Interest Adjustment index value; and

B.is the Closing Interest Adjustment index value.

The Interest Adjustment index is the 7 Year Point on the A Rated US Bloomberg Fair Value Curve, a bond index published by Bloomberg. The Beginning Interest Adjustment index value is equal to the closing price of the Interest Adjustment index on the Contract Date. The Closing Interest Adjustment index value is equal to the closing price of the Interest Adjustment index on the day we calculate the Segment Interim Value.

If the closing price of the Interest Adjustment index on the day the Interest Adjustment is calculated is greater than the closing price of the index on the Contract Date, the Interest Adjustment will be negative and will decrease the Segment Interim Value. If the closing price of the Interest Adjustment index on the day the Interest

4337

Table of Contents

greater than the closing price of the index on the Contract Date, the Interest Adjustment will be negative and will decrease the Segment Interim Value. If the closing price of the Interest Adjustment index on the day the Interest Adjustment is calculated is less than the than the closing pricing of this index on the Contract Date, the Interest Adjustment will be positive and will increase the Segment Interim Value.

You may obtain the daily price of the Interest Adjustment index by contacting us. If a closing price of the Interest Adjustment index is not available on any day for which a closing price is needed, then the closing price as of the first preceding Business Day for which a closing price is available will be used.

If the Interest Adjustment index is discontinued, we are unable for any reason to utilize it, or the calculation of these values are substantially changed, we may substitute another method of determining the values that will be used in the above calculation and will inform you of such change at your last known address on file with us.

Equity Adjustment

The Equity Adjustment is designed to approximate the change in market value of the derivative instruments that hedge risks associated with our obligation to apply Segment Credits to Index-Linked Segment Options. It does not relate to any particular derivative instrument(s) supporting the Contract. The adjustment accounts for the applicable Cap Rate, Participation Rate, ~~Buffer Rate, the~~ Index Allocation ~~Percentage for the Performance Blend Segment Option~~Percentages, ~~and~~Buffer ~~the~~Rate ~~Milestone~~or ~~Threshold~~Floor ~~for~~Rate ~~Milestone Lock Segment Options~~ by using the Black-Scholes pricing model to track the value of a hypothetical set of derivatives on days other than a Segment End Date. The inputs used in the Black-Scholes method are consistent with market prices that reflect the estimated cost of exiting the hypothetical derivatives before the Segment End Date. The Equity Adjustment Factor represents the difference between the value of the hypothetical derivatives on a given date before the Segment End Date and the value of the hypothetical derivatives on the Segment Start Date, adjusted for the number of whole years elapsed in the Segment Term Period. The Equity Adjustment may be negative even when the value of the Reference Index has increased or has declined less than the Buffer Rate for a Buffer Segment Option. Similarly, the Equity Adjustment may reduce the Segment Interim Value of a Floor Segment Option by more than the applicable Floor Rate.

On any Segment End Date, the Equity Adjustment will be equal to zero and will not result in any adjustment to a Withdrawal. You may avoid an Equity Adjustment by taking Withdrawals on a Segment End Date.

The total Equity Adjustment for any Index-Linked Segment Option equals (A x B) where:

A.is the Segment Value on this date, immediately prior to any Withdrawal; and

B.is the Equity Adjustment Factor applicable to that Segment Option.

The following hypothetical derivatives are utilized in the calculation of the Equity Adjustment Factor for the Buffer Segment Options ~~using~~and/or ~~the~~Floor ~~Point-to-Point~~Segment ~~Crediting Method~~Options:

•a.At-the-money call (ATM Call): This is an option to buy a position in the Reference Index on the next Segment End Date at a strike price equal to the price of the index on the Segment Start Date;

•b.Out-of-the-money call (OTM Call): This is an option to buy a position in the Reference Index on the next Segment End Date at a strike price equal to the price of the index on the Segment Start Date x (1 + Cap Rate);

•c.Out-of-the-money put (OTM Put): This is an option to sell a position in the Reference Index on the next Segment End Date at a strike price equal to the price of the index on the Segment Start Date x (1-Buffer Rate) or with a strike price equal to the price of the index on the Segment Start Date x (1 - ~~Buffer~~Floor Rate), depending on which Segment Option is being evaluated; and

~~The~~d.At-the-money ~~following~~put ~~hypothetical~~(ATM ~~derivatives~~Put): ~~are~~This ~~utilized~~is an option to sell a position in the ~~calculation~~Reference ofIndex on the ~~Equity~~next ~~Adjustment~~Segment ~~Factor~~End ~~for~~Date ~~Milestone~~at ~~Lock~~a strike price equal to the price of the index on the Segment ~~Options:~~Start Date.

•At-the-money call (ATM Call): This is an option to buy a position in the Reference Index on the next Segment End Date at a strike price equal to the price of the index on the most recent Milestone Date;38

•Out-of-the-money call (OTM Call): This is an option to buy a position in the Reference Index on the next Segment End Date at a strike price equal to the price of the index on the most recent Milestone

Table of Contents

~~Date~~ For xBuffer Segment Options, the value of the derivative instruments is equal to (1ATM +Call ~~Cap~~- OTM Call) x Participation Rate - OTM Put. For Floor Segment Options, the value of the derivative instruments is equal to (ATM Call - OTM Call); x Participation Rate - ATM Put + OTM Put.

~~•Out~~ The hypothetical call options (ATM Call and OTM Call) are intended to value the potential for increases in the Reference Index up to the applicable Cap Rate. As shown in the formulas above, the resulting difference is multiplied by the applicable Participation Rate. For Buffer Segment Options, the hypothetical out-of-the-money put option (OTM Put): ~~This~~ is anintended ~~option~~ to ~~sell~~value athe ~~position~~potential for decreases in the Reference Index onin excess of the ~~next~~applicable Buffer Rate. For Floor Segment ~~End~~Options, ~~Date~~the hypothetical at-the-money aput ~~strike~~option ~~price~~(ATM ~~equal~~Put) is intended to value the ~~price~~potential offor decreases in the ~~index~~Reference onIndex, and the ~~most~~hypothetical ~~recent~~out-of-the-money ~~Milestone~~put ~~Date~~option x (1OTM -Put) ~~Buffer~~is intended to value the protection provided by the applicable Floor Rate);.

~~For~~The ~~Buffer~~Equity ~~Segment~~Adjustment ~~Options,~~Factor ~~the~~for ~~value~~any ofSegment ~~the~~Option ~~derivative instruments~~ is equal to ~~(ATM~~A ~~Call~~ - ~~OTM~~B ~~Call)~~ x ~~Participation~~(1 ~~Rate~~ - ~~OTM~~Y), ~~Put.~~where:

The hypothetical call options (ATM Call and OTM Call) are intended to value the potential for increases in the Reference Index up to the applicable Cap Rate. As shown in the formulas above, the resulting difference is multiplied by the applicable Participation Rate. For Buffer Segment Options, the hypothetical out-of-the-money put option (OTM Put) is intended to value the potential for decreases in the Reference Index in excess of the applicable Buffer Rate.

The Equity Adjustment Factor for any Buffer Segment Option using the Point-to-Point Crediting Method is equal to A - B x (1 - Y), where:

A is the value of the derivative instruments on the day we calculate the Segment Interim Value;

B is the value of the derivative instruments on the Segment Start Date; and

Y is the number of whole years elapsed from the Segment Start Date to the day we calculate the Segment

Interim Value, divided by the Segment Term Period.

The Performance Blend Segment Option requires additional steps to determine the Equity Adjustment Factor:

•e.For A and B defined above, the value of the derivative instruments for each of the underlying indices is calculated independently using the Black-Scholes Method.

•f.Weights are assigned based on the relative value of the derivative instruments across the underlying indices to produce an aggregate derivative instrument value for the Performance Blend Segment Option.

•i.50% weight is assigned to the index with the highest value of derivative instruments on the date in question;

•ii.30% weight is assigned to the index with the second highest value of derivative instruments on the date in question; and

•iii.20% weight is assigned to the index with the lowest value of derivative instruments on the date in question.

~~The~~ For ~~Equity~~an ~~Adjustment~~example ~~Factor~~of ~~for~~how ~~Milestone~~we ~~Lock~~calculate ~~Segment~~Equity ~~Options~~Adjustment ~~will~~Factor ~~take~~for ~~into~~a ~~account~~Performance ~~any~~Blend ~~previously~~Segment ~~determined~~Option, ~~Milestone~~please ~~Credit~~see ~~Percentages~~Appendix ~~and resets of buffer protection~~A. ~~It is equal to [A x (1 + C) + C] - [B x (1 - Y)], where:~~

A is the value of the derivative instruments on the day we calculate the Segment Interim Value;

B is the value of the derivative instruments on the Segment Start Date;

C is the result of the following calculation: add one to each Milestone Credit Percentage, then multiply

each of these sums together, then subtract one from the result; and

Y is the number of whole years elapsed from the Segment Start Date to the day we calculate the Segment

Interim Value, divided by the Segment Term Period.

For an example of how we calculate the Equity Adjustment Factor for the Performance Blend Segment Option and Milestone Lock Segment Options, please see Appendix A.

Table of Contents

The following Black-Scholes Method inputs are used in the calculation of the Equity Adjustment:

•g.Volatility - This input varies with the amount of time remaining in the Segment Term Period and the ratio of the current price to the strike price (referred to as the moneyness of the option) at the time of the calculation.

To derive a volatility input for each hypothetical option, we use daily quotes of implied volatility that we receive from independent third-parties. Implied volatility quotes are obtained for two at-the-money options with the closest maturity before and after the Segment End Date of your Segment Option, as well as for the two options with the same maturity as your Segment Option and with the closest moneyness value above and below the moneyness of each hypothetical option.

We calculate the implied volatility input of each hypothetical option as follows:

1.Calculate the implied volatility of an option with the same moneyness as each hypothetical option, but with the closest maturity before the Segment End Date by linearly interpolating between:

a.An option with the closest maturity before the Segment End Date, but with the closest moneyness above the moneyness of each hypothetical option; and

Table of Contents

b.An option with the closest maturity before the Segment End Date, but with the closest moneyness below the moneyness of each hypothetical option.

2.Calculate the implied volatility of an option with the same moneyness as each hypothetical option, but with the closest maturity after the Segment End Date by linearly interpolating between

a.An option with the closest maturity after the Segment End Date, but with the closest moneyness above the moneyness of each hypothetical option; and

b.An option with the closest maturity after the Segment End Date, but with the closest moneyness below the moneyness of each hypothetical option.

3.Calculate the implied volatility input for each hypothetical option by linearly interpolating between (1) and (2) above.

~~•Index~~aIndex Dividend Yield - On a daily basis we will receive the average annual dividend yield across the Reference Index for each Segment Option, as provided by an independent third-party.

~~•Swap~~bSwap Rate - We use key derivative swap rates provided by an independent third-party. Swap rates are obtained for maturities adjacent to the actual time remaining in the Segment Term Period at the time of the calculation. We use linear interpolation to derive the exact remaining duration rate needed as the input.

The Company has selected service providers from which it obtains the implied volatility, dividend yield and swap rate inputs used in the Equity Adjustment calculation. If any of these inputs becomes unavailable, the Company, in its sole discretion, will select a new input for use in the calculation. In making this selection, the Company will endeavor to prevent any material impact on the calculation of the Equity Adjustment.

The swap rate the Company selected is based on LIBOR, a widely used interest rate, which is being discontinued. The LIBOR based swap rate is expected to become unavailable as of June 30, 2023. The Company is in the process of selecting a different swap rate to replace the LIBOR based swap rate when it becomes unavailable. The Company may select among several swap rates to prevent the transition from the LIBOR based swap rate from having a material impact on the calculation of the Equity Adjustment. Please see the "Company Related Risk Factors – Uncertainty Relating to LIBOR" section for further details.

Table of Contents

Access to your Contract Value

During the Accumulation Phase before the Death Benefit becomes payable under the Contract, you may request a partial Withdrawal or surrender your Contract. The minimum Withdrawal you may request from your Contract at any time is $500. Any partial Withdrawal or surrender will be subject to any applicable Interest Adjustment and an Equity Adjustment, and any partial Withdrawals in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount or any surrender during the first six Contract Years will also be subject to a Withdrawal Charge. If you request a partial Withdrawal that causes your Contract Value to be less than $2,000, we will treat the request as a surrender of the Contract for the entire Contract Value.

Proceeds payable on a partial Withdrawal or surrender may be reduced by any applicable Interest Adjustment, Equity Adjustment or Withdrawal Charge. The Interest Adjustment, which applies to all Withdrawals and surrenders during the first six Contract Years, will be negative if the Interest Adjustment index has risen since your Contract Date. The Equity Adjustment, which applies to partial Withdrawals and surrenders from Index-Linked Segment Options before the Segment End Date, may be negative even when the value of the Reference Index has increased or declined less than the Buffer Rate for a Buffer Segment Option. Similarly, the Equity Adjustment may reduce the Segment Interim Value of a Floor Segment Option by more than the applicable Floor Rate. During the first six Contract Years, the Withdrawal Charge will further reduce proceeds payable on a partial Withdrawal greater than the Free Withdrawal amount or on a surrender of the Contract.

The calculation of the Interest Adjustment will be identical for each Segment Option. The calculation of the Equity Adjustment will differ depending on the length of the Segment Term Period and the time remaining in the Segment Term Period. These differences depend on current market conditions and cannot be known in advance. If you have allocated funds to multiple Segment Options, you should discuss with your Financial Professional before taking a Withdrawal to evaluate whether to take a Withdrawal from a particular Segment Option. Withdrawals or surrenders may also be subject to income tax and to an additional 10% federal penalty tax if made before the Owner is age 591/2 (see the “Tax Information” section for additional information). You should consult your tax advisor before taking a Withdrawal.40

ToTable ~~request a partial Withdrawal or surrender, you must submit written Notice in Good Order to our Administrative Office. You must provide the consent~~ of all Owners and irrevocable Beneficiaries before we will process the Withdrawal request. Your Notice must specify the amount that is to be withdrawn, either as a total dollar amount or as a percentage of the Contract Value. Unless you direct otherwise, we will take the Withdrawal first from the Fixed Segment Option. To the extent there are not enough funds in the Fixed Segment Option to cover a partial Withdrawal, we will deduct the remaining balance from other Segment Options, beginning with Segment Options that have the shortest Segment Term Period. If you have multiple Segment Options with the same Segment Term Period, we will deduct the remaining balance pro rata across those Segment Options.Contents

~~Values~~The ~~are~~calculation ~~determined~~of at the ~~end~~Interest ofAdjustment ~~each~~will ~~Business~~be ~~Day.~~identical Iffor weeach ~~receive~~Segment ~~a written Notice in Good Order by 4:00 p~~Option.m. ~~Eastern~~The ~~Time~~calculation onof ~~a Business Day,~~ the ~~request~~Equity Adjustment will ~~use~~differ ~~the~~depending ~~values~~on ~~calculated~~whether at the ~~end~~Segment ofOption ~~that~~is ~~Business Day. If we receive~~ a ~~written~~Floor ~~Notice~~Segment inOption ~~Good~~or ~~Order~~Buffer ~~after~~Segment ~~4:00 p.m. Eastern Time~~Option, the ~~request~~length ~~will~~of ~~use~~ the ~~values~~Segment ~~calculated~~Term atPeriod, and the ~~end~~time ofremaining in the ~~next~~Segment ~~Business~~Term ~~Day~~Period. ~~You~~These ~~may~~differences ~~request~~depend aon ~~partial~~current ~~Withdrawal~~market orconditions ~~surrender~~and upcannot tobe 60known ~~days~~ in advance. ~~For~~If ~~example,~~ you ~~may~~have ~~submit~~allocated afunds ~~written~~to ~~request~~multiple ~~for~~Segment aOptions, ~~partial~~you ~~Withdrawal~~should ordiscuss ~~surrender~~with onyour aFinancial ~~Segment~~Professional ~~End~~before ~~Date~~taking upa Withdrawal to 60evaluate ~~days~~whether ~~before~~to ~~the~~take ~~Segment~~a ~~End~~Withdrawal ~~Date.~~from ~~The~~a ~~value~~particular ofSegment ~~any~~Option. ~~partial~~Withdrawals ~~Withdrawal~~ or ~~surrender~~surrenders ~~that~~may isalso ~~requested in advance will~~ be ~~calculated~~subject onto ~~the~~income ~~Business~~tax ~~Day~~and ~~that~~to ~~the~~an ~~partial~~additional ~~Withdrawal~~10% orfederal ~~surrender~~penalty ~~occurs.~~tax ~~All~~(see ~~partial~~the ~~Withdrawals~~“Tax ~~and~~Information” ~~surrenders~~section ~~that~~for ~~occur~~additional oninformation). ~~the~~You ~~same~~should ~~Business~~consult ~~Day~~your ~~will~~tax beadvisor ~~combined~~before ~~for~~taking ~~the~~a ~~purpose of calculating Segment Interim Values~~Withdrawal.

To request a partial Withdrawal or surrender, you must submit Notice in Good Order to our Administrative Office. You must provide the consent of all Owners and irrevocable Beneficiaries before we will process the Withdrawal request. Your Notice must specify the amount that is to be withdrawn, either as a total dollar amount or as a percentage of the Contract Value. Unless you direct otherwise, we will take the Withdrawal first from the Fixed Segment Options, beginning with the Fixed Segment Option with the shortest Segment Term Period. To the extent there are not enough funds in the Fixed Segment Options to cover a partial Withdrawal, we will deduct the remaining balance from other Segment Options, beginning with Segment Options that have the shortest Segment Term Period. If you have multiple Segment Options with the same Segment Term Period, we will deduct the remaining balance pro rata across those Segment Options.

Values are determined at the end of each Business Day. If we receive a Notice in Good Order by 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, the request will use the values calculated at the end of that Business Day. If we receive a Notice in Good Order after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, the request will use the values calculated at the end of the next Business Day. You may request a partial Withdrawal or surrender up to 60 days in advance. For example, you may submit a request for a partial Withdrawal or Surrender on a Segment End Date up to 60 days before the Segment End Date. The value of any partial Withdrawal or surrender that is requested in advance will be calculated on the Business Day that the partial Withdrawal or Surrender occurs. All partial Withdrawals and surrenders that occur on the same Business Day will be combined for the purpose of calculating Segment Interim Values.

We may defer payments we make under your Contract for up to six months if the insurance regulatory authority of the state in which we issued the Contract approves such deferral. We will apply interest to the deferred payments, if required by state law.

4741

Table of Contents

The Example below shows the effect of a Withdrawal, the Equity Adjustment, and the Interest Adjustment on the remaining Segment Value and the proceeds paid to the Contract Owner.

Example 9 - Effect of a Withdrawal on the Segment Interim Value
Example 8 - Effect of a Withdrawal on the Segment Interim Value
Equity Adjustment Factor	-16.89%
Interest Adjustment Factor	2.77%
Contract Value on the previous Contract Anniversary	$	100,000.00
Immediately Before Withdrawal
Segment Value	$	~~100~~99,~~000~~525.00
Total Equity Adjustment	$	(16,~~890~~809.0077)	1
Total Interest Adjustment	$	2,~~770~~756.0084	2
Segment Interim Value	$	85,~~880~~472.0007
Withdrawal
Withdrawal Amount	$	20,000.00
Equity Adjustment attributable to the Withdrawal	$	(3,378.00)	3
Interest Adjustment attributable to the Withdrawal	$	554.00	4
Withdrawal Charge	$	(800.00)	5
Net Withdrawal Amount paid to Owner	$	16,376.00
Net Withdrawal Amount paid to Contract Owner	$	16,376.00
Immediately After Withdrawal
Resulting Segment Value	$	8079,~~000~~525.00

(1) Total Equity Adjustment = ~~100~~99,~~000~~525 x -16.89% = (16,~~890~~809.0077)

(2) Total Interest Adjustment = ~~100~~99,~~000~~525 x 2.77% = 2,~~770~~756.0084

(3) Equity Adjustment attributable to Withdrawal = 20,000 x -16.89% = (3,378~~.00~~)

(4) Interest Adjustment attributable to Withdrawal = 20,000 x 2.77% = 554~~.00~~

(5) Assumes 8% Withdrawal Charge applies and that no other Withdrawals have occurred since the last Contract

Anniversary. 10% of the 100,000 may be taken without a Withdrawal Charge under the Free Withdrawal

provision, so only the remaining 20,000 - 10,000 = 10,000 is charged.

Free Withdrawals

A Free Withdrawal is a Withdrawal amount on which no Withdrawal Charges apply. An Interest Adjustment and Equity Adjustment will still apply. The Free Withdrawal amount available in any Contract Year is equal to 10% of the Contract Value as of the previous Contract Anniversary. Any unused portion of the Free Withdrawal amount for a Contract Year cannot be carried over to the following Contract Year.

If the amount of a partial Withdrawal in any Contract Year exceeds the Free Withdrawal amount for that Contract Year, the excess Withdrawal will be subject to any applicable Withdrawal Charge. If the Owner surrenders the Contract, a Withdrawal Charge will be applied to any Free Withdrawal previously taken during the same Contract Year.

4842

Table of Contents

The Example below shows the effect of the Free Withdrawal amount on the remaining Segment Value and the proceeds paid to the Contract Owner.

Example 10 - Effect of a Free Withdrawal on the Segment Interim Value
Example 9 - Effect of a Free Withdrawal on the Segment Interim Value
Equity Adjustment Factor	-16.89%
Interest Adjustment Factor	2.77%
Contract Value on the previous Contract Anniversary	$	100,000.00
Immediately Before Withdrawal
Segment Value	$	~~100~~99,~~000~~525.00
Total Equity Adjustment	$	(16,~~890~~809.0077)	1
Total Interest Adjustment	$	2,~~770~~756.0084	2
Segment Interim Value	$	85,~~880~~472.0007
Withdrawal
Withdrawal Amount	$	10,000.00
Equity Adjustment attributable to the Withdrawal	$	(1,689.00)	3
Interest Adjustment attributable to the Withdrawal	$	277.00	4
Withdrawal Charge	$	—
Net Withdrawal Amount paid to Owner	$	8,588.00
Net Withdrawal Amount paid to Contract Owner	$	8,588.00
Immediately After Withdrawal
Resulting Segment Value	$	9089,~~000~~525.00

(1) Total Equity Adjustment = ~~100.000~~99,525 x -16.89% = (16,~~890~~809.0077)

(2) Total Interest Adjustment = ~~100~~99,~~000~~525 x 2.77% = 2,~~770~~756.0084

(3) Equity Adjustment attributable to Withdrawal = 10,000 x -16.89% = (1,689~~.00~~)

(4) Interest Adjustment attributable to Withdrawal = 10,000 x 2.77% = 277~~.00~~

Required Minimum Distribution

If your Contract is subject to minimum distribution requirements under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9), any Withdrawal of a minimum distribution required under Section 401(a)(9) with respect to the Contract (a “Required Minimum Distribution”), as calculated by us, will not be subject to Withdrawal Charges. Any Withdrawal made to satisfy required minimum distribution requirements will count towards your Free Withdrawal Amount and will be subject to an Equity Adjustment and Interest Adjustment. If the Owner surrenders the Contract, a Withdrawal Charge will be applied to any Free Withdrawal previously taken during the same Contract Year, including any Required Minimum Distribution Withdrawals. Required Minimum Distributions will incur a Withdrawal Charge if the Owner previously took a Withdrawal in the same Contract Year to satisfy the required minimum distribution requirement under your Contract. In this circumstance, the Owner must wait until the next Contract Anniversary to take their Required Minimum Distribution without incurring a Withdrawal Charge.

Confinement Waiver

During the Accumulation Phase, after the first Contract Year and before the Death Benefit becomes payable under the Contract, we will waive the Withdrawal Charge on a Withdrawal (including a partial Withdrawal or full surrender) if the following requirements are met:

•a.any Owner (or, if the Owner is a non-natural person, any Annuitant), is confined to a Qualified Care Facility;

•b.confinement continues for at least sixty (60) consecutive days;

•c.confinement begins at least one year after the Contract Date;

4943

Table of Contents

•d.confinement is recommended in writing by a Physician; and

•e.we receive the Withdrawal request and the Physician’s recommendation no later than ninety (90) days following the date the confinement has ceased.

Any applicable Interest Adjustment and Equity Adjustment will still apply.

A “Qualified Care Facility” means a Convalescent Care Facility, Hospice Facility or Hospital as described below:

•f.Convalescent Care Facility means an institution which: (i) is licensed by the State as a convalescent nursing facility, a qualified nursing facility, a convalescent hospital, a convalescent unit of a Hospital, an intermediate care facility, or a custodial care facility; and (ii) is primarily engaged in providing, in addition to room and board accommodations, continuous nursing service by or under the supervision of a Physician or a licensed registered nurse (R.N.); and (iii) maintains a daily record of each patient which is available for our review; and (iv) administers a planned program of observation and treatment by a Physician (which for purposes of this provision also cannot be the proprietor or an employee of such facility) which is in accordance with existing standards of medical practice for the confinement.

•i.Convalescent Care Facility does not include any facility, or any part of a facility, used primarily for: rest care, training or education of the Contract Owner, or the treatment of alcoholism or chemical dependency. Examples of such excluded facilities include (but are not limited to): spas, retreats, and alcohol and drug rehabilitation clinics.

•g.Hospice Facility means an institution which provides a formal program of care for terminally ill patients whose life expectancy is less than 6 months, provided on an inpatient basis and directed by a Physician. It must be licensed, certified or registered in accordance with State law.

•h.Hospital means an institution which: (i) is licensed as a hospital and operated pursuant to law; and (ii) is primarily engaged in providing or operating (either on its premises or in facilities available to the hospital on a prearranged contractual basis and under the supervision of a staff of one or more duly licensed Physicians) diagnostic and surgery facilities for the medical care and treatment of injured and sick persons on an inpatient basis for which a charge is made; and (iii) provides 24-hour nursing service by or under the supervision of a licensed registered nurse (R.N.).

•i.Hospital does not include any facility, or any part of a facility, used primarily for: rest care, training or education, or the treatment of alcoholism or chemical dependency. Examples of such excluded facilities include (but are not limited to): spas, retreats, and alcohol and drug rehabilitation clinics.

Physician for purposes of this provision means a doctor of medicine or osteopathy legally authorized to practice medicine by the State in which he/she performs such function. The Physician cannot be you, an Annuitant, a Beneficiary, or a member of your, an Annuitant’s, a Beneficiary’s immediate family, including a husband, wife, domestic partner, civil union partner, child, sibling, parent, grandparent, grandchild, cousin, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew and any of their Spouses, domestic partners or civil union partners. State for purposes of this provision means each state of the United States of America, as well as the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and American Samoa.

We reserve the right to obtain, at any time, an additional opinion or an examination of the ill Owner from a Physician that we designate at our expense. Should this opinion differ from that of the Owner’s Physician, the opinion of our Physician will prevail.

The Confinement Waiver terminates upon the change or addition of an Owner (or if the Owner is a non-natural person and the Annuitant is changed or an additional Annuitant is added), except through continuation of the Contract as a surviving spouse.

5044

Table of Contents

This provision may vary by state, please see Appendix CB (“State Variation Chart”).

Terminal Illness Waiver

During the Accumulation Phase, after the first Contract Year and before the Death Benefit becomes payable, we will waive the Withdrawal Charge on a requested Withdrawal (including a partial Withdrawal or full surrender) if the following requirements are met:

•a.any Owner (or, if the Owner is a non-natural person, any Annuitant), is diagnosed with a Terminal Illness;

•b.the initial diagnosis occurs at least one year after the Contract Date; and

•c.the Withdrawal request is accompanied by a certification of Terminal Illness prepared by a Physician who has examined the ill Owner and is qualified to provide the certification.

Any applicable Interest Adjustment or Equity Adjustment will still apply.

Terminal Illness means an illness that is expected to cause death within twelve (12) months.

We reserve the right to obtain, at any time, an additional opinion or an examination of the ill Owner from a Physician that we designate at our expense. Should this opinion differ from that of the ill Owner’s Physician, the opinion of our Physician will prevail.

The Terminal Illness waiver terminates upon the change or addition of an Owner (or if the Owner is a non-natural person and the Annuitant is changed or an additional Annuitant is added), except through continuation of the Contract as a surviving spouse.

This provision may vary by state, please see Appendix CB (“State Variation Chart”).

The Separate Account

The Separate Account, in which we hold reserves for ~~obligations~~guarantees we provide under the Contract, is established under Iowa law. The portion of the assets of the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to the Separate Account will not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business we conduct. Contract Owners do not participate in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account and do not have any claim on such assets. The Separate Account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

We own the assets of the Separate Account, as well as any favorable investment performance on those assets. We are obligated to pay all money we owe under the Contract. If the obligation exceeds the assets of the Separate Account, funds will be transferred to the Separate Account from our General Account. We may, as permitted by applicable State law, transfer all assets allocated to the Separate Account to our General Account. We guarantee all benefits relating to your value in the Contract, regardless of whether assets supporting it are held in the Separate Account or our General Account. AnA Contract Owner should look to the financial strength of the Company ~~for its~~

5145

Table of Contents

for its claims-paying ability. Our current plans are to invest assets held in the Separate Account in debt securities, including corporate bonds, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and government and agency issues and derivative instruments. We may also invest in interest rate swaps. We, however, are not obligated to invest the assets according to any particular plan, except as we may be required to by applicable State insurance laws.

The General Account

The General Account holds all our assets other than assets in our Separate Accounts. The General Account assets support the guarantees under the Contract as well as our other general obligations. The General Account is not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The guarantees in your Contract are subject to the Company’s financial strength and claims-paying ability. The General Account is subject to the regulation and supervision by the Iowa Insurance Department and to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where we are authorized to do business.

Assets in the General Account are not segregated for the exclusive benefit of any particular Contract or obligation. General Account assets are also available to the insurer’s general creditors and the conduct of its routine business activities, such as the payment of salaries, rent and other ordinary business expenses. For more information about the Company’s financial strength, you may review its financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or more of the independent sources that rate insurance companies for their financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have no bearing on the performance of the Segment Options to which you may allocate your Contract Value.

11. Statements

Account Statements will be provided to you periodically, but not less frequently than annually by us, your IRA custodian, or a designated third party.

12. Annuity Phase

When you purchase the Contract, we will set the Annuity Date as the Contract Anniversary on or first following the later of the Annuitant attaining age 95 or the 10th Contract Anniversary. In the case of Joint Annuitants, the Annuity Date will be set based on the age of the older Joint Annuitant. You may select an earlier Annuity Date, which may be any time after the Contract Date, by Notice provided to us. The revised Annuity Date must be at least 10 days after our receipt of your Notice.

Annuity Payments will commence on the Annuity Date if:

•a.All Owners are natural persons and all the Owners and at least one Annuitant are alive on the Annuity Date; or

•b.If any Owner is a non-natural person and all Annuitants are alive on the Annuity Date.

Election of Option

On the Annuity Date, the Interim Value will be applied to provide Annuity Payments to you or a payee you designate in accordance with the applicable Settlement Option elected by the Owner. If no Settlement Option was elected, one of the following two payment provisions will apply:

•a.If there is one living Annuitant on the Annuity Date, the Interim Value will be applied to provide Annuity Payments for the longer of the lifetime of the Annuitant or five years; or

•b.If there are two living Joint Annuitants on the Annuity Date, the Interim Value will be applied to provide Annuity Payments in the same monthly amount for the longer of the lifetimes of both Joint Annuitants or five years.

~~An election of a Settlement Option must be made in writing by the Owner prior to the Annuity Date and is irrevocable on or after the Annuity Date.~~46

Table of Contents

An election of a Settlement Option must be made in writing by the Owner prior to the Annuity Date and is irrevocable on or after the Annuity Date.

Additionally, the Beneficiary of a Non-Qualified Contract may elect to receive the Death Benefit under one of the Settlement Options described below, subject to the satisfaction of section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. Any election of a Settlement Option by a Beneficiary must be made in writing and is irrevocable on or after the date payments begin. For purposes of the Settlement Options below, the Beneficiary will be the Annuitant.

The Interim Value on the Annuity Date is the basis for determining the amount of your Annuity Payments. You will not incur an Interest Adjustment if your Annuity Date is after the Withdrawal Charge Period, which is the case for the Annuity Date established when you purchase the Contract. You will not incur an Equity Adjustment if your Annuity Date is on a Segment End Date that is shared by all Segment Options to which you have allocated funds.

A lump sum along with a Settlement Option may be elected. The amount applied under the Settlement Option must be at least $5,000.

Payments made quarterly, semiannually or annually may be elected in lieu of monthly payments. Payments less than $100 will only be made annually.

Settlement Options

No future payments under any option, except as provided by law, may be assigned or transferred.

Option 1: Life Annuity

Monthly payments will be made during the lifetime of the Annuitant. The monthly payments will cease on the death of the Annuitant. No payments will be due after the death of the Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies shortly after the Annuity Date, you or the payee you designate may receive less than your investment in the Contract. This means you or the payee you designate will receive no payments if the Annuitant dies before the first scheduled payment, will receive only one payment if the Annuitant dies before the second scheduled payment, and so on.

Option 2: Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period

Monthly payments will be made for the longer of the guaranteed period elected and the lifetime of the Annuitant. The guaranteed periods are 5, 10, 15 or 20 years, or any other period agreed upon in writing by us. After the guaranteed period, monthly payments will cease on the death of the Annuitant, and no payments will be due after the death of the Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies during the guaranteed period, payments will continue to be made to you or a payee you designate until the end of the guaranteed period.

Option 3: Installment Refund Life Annuity

Monthly payments will be made for the installment refund period and thereafter for the lifetime of the Annuitant. The installment refund period is the period required for the sum of the monthly payments to equal the total amount applied under this option. After the installment refund period, monthly payments will cease on the death of the Annuitant, and no payments will be due after the death of the Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies during the installment refund period, no payments will be due after the installment refund period.

Option 4: Joint and Last Survivor Annuity

Monthly payments will be made for the joint lifetime of two Annuitants and in an equal amount during the remaining lifetime of the survivor. Payments will cease on the death of the last survivor. No payments will be due after the death of the last survivor. Payments may also be made during the lifetime of the survivor in an amount equal to two-thirds or one-half of the payment made during the joint lifetime of the two persons. If both Annuitants

5347

Table of Contents

remaining lifetime of the survivor. Payments will cease on the death of the last survivor. No payments will be due after the death of the last survivor. Payments may also be made during the lifetime of the survivor in an amount equal to two-thirds or one-half of the payment made during the joint lifetime of the two persons. If both Annuitants die shortly after the Annuity Date, you or the payee you designate may receive less than your investment in the Contract. This means you or the payee you designate will receive no payments if the Annuitants die before the first scheduled payment, will receive only one payment if the Annuitants die before the second scheduled payment, and so on.

Option 5: Fixed Period Annuity

Monthly payments will be made for the fixed period elected. Payments will cease at the end of the fixed period and no further payments will be due. The fixed period that may be elected is any period from 5 to 30 years. ~~However, fixed periods shorter than 10 years are only available as a Death Benefit Settlement Option.~~

The options described above may not be offered in all states. We may offer other Settlement Options. If your Contract is a Qualified IRA annuity Contract or you purchase the Contract through an IRA Account, not all options may satisfy Required Minimum Distribution rules. Consult your tax advisor for more information.

Annuity Payments will start on the Annuity Date and continue based on the Settlement Option you elect. If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Date, you may modify your Selected Settlement Option and designate a new Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date, subject to our underwriting rules then in effect. If no designation is made within 30 days of death of the Annuitant, the younger of you or any Joint Owner will become the Annuitant. The substituted Annuitant will be used to determine the payments for Option 1, Option 3, and Option 4, if selected.

Death of Owner on or after the Annuity Date

If any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date and before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, any remaining interest in the Contract will be distributed under the method of distribution being used on the date of death and in the following order based on whomever is still alive: any payee you have named, a surviving Joint Owner, the last surviving Owner’s Beneficiaries, or to the last surviving Owner’s estate if no Beneficiaries have been named or if there are no surviving Beneficiaries. If the death of both Joint Owners occurs simultaneously and no Beneficiaries have been named or if there are no surviving Beneficiaries, the estates of both Joint Owners will be the Beneficiary in equal shares.

13. State Specific Contract Considerations

The Contract and its Endorsements will be issued in accordance with the laws of the state in which it was issued. Contracts issued in your state may provide different features and benefits from, and impose different costs than, those described in this prospectus because of state law variations. State specific legal requirements, among other things, may impact the following features:

•a.Right to Cancel Period;

•b.Issue Age Limitations;

•c.Withdrawal Charge Schedule;

•d.Annuity Date Provisions;

•e.Terminal Illness and Confinement Waivers; and

•f.Availability of Certain Features.

This prospectus describes the material rights and obligations of an Owner. It also sets forth the maximum fees and charges for all Contract features and benefits. See Section 3 ("Contract Fees and Charges") for additional information. Material state variations are disclosed in the attached “Appendix CB - State Variation Chart”. You ~~should read and retain your Contract, amendments, and/or endorsements along with a copy of this prospectus.~~

5448

~~Table~~should read and retain your Contract, amendments, and/or endorsements along with a copy of ~~Contents~~this prospectus.

14. Tax Information

This section provides a summary explanation of the tax ramifications of purchasing a Contract. More detailed information about product taxation can be obtained in a document, which is available by calling the toll-free telephone number at the back of this prospectus. We do not provide individual tax advice. You should contact your tax advisor to discuss your Contract’s effects on your personal tax situation.

Tax Status of the Contracts

When you invest in an annuity Contract, you usually do not pay taxes on your investment gains until you withdraw the money - generally for retirement purposes. If you invest in an annuity as part of an individual retirement plan, pension plan or employer-sponsored retirement program, your Contract is called a Qualified Contract. If your annuity is independent of any formal retirement or pension plan, it is termed a Non-Qualified Contract. The tax rules applicable to Qualified Contracts vary according to the type of retirement plan and the terms and conditions of the plan.

Required Distributions. In order to be treated as an annuity Contract for Federal income tax purposes, Section 72(s) of the Code requires any Non-Qualified Contract to contain certain provisions specifying how your interest in the Contract will be distributed in the event of the death of an Owner of the Contract. Specifically, section 72(s) requires that (a) if any Owner dies on or after the annuity starting date, but prior to the time the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the entire interest in the Contract will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of such Owner’s death; and (b) if any Owner dies prior to the annuity starting date, the entire interest in the Contract will be distributed within five years after the date of such Owner’s death. These requirements will be considered satisfied as to any portion of an Owner’s interest which is payable to or for the benefit of a designated Beneficiary and which is distributed over the life of such designated Beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of that Beneficiary, provided that such distributions begin within one year of the Owner’s death. The designated Beneficiary refers to a natural person designated by the Owner as a Beneficiary and to whom ownership of the Contract passes by reason of death. However, if the designated Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner, the Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the new Owner.

The Non-Qualified Contracts contain provisions that are intended to comply with these Code requirements, although no regulations interpreting these requirements have yet been issued. We intend to review such provisions and modify them if necessary to assure that they comply with the applicable requirements when such requirements are clarified by regulation or otherwise.

Other rules may apply to Qualified Contracts.

Taxation of Non-Qualified Contracts

Non-Natural Person. If a non-natural person (e.g., a corporation or a trust) owns a Non- Qualified Contract, the taxpayer generally must include in income any increase in the excess of the account value over the investment in the Contract (generally, the premiums or other consideration paid for the Contract) during the taxable year. There are some exceptions to this rule and a prospective Owner that is not a natural person should discuss these with a tax adviser.

Natural Persons. The following discussion generally applies to Contracts owned by natural persons.

Withdrawals. When a Withdrawal from a Non-Qualified Contract occurs, the amount received will be treated as ordinary income subject to tax up to an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the account value immediately before the distribution over the Owner’s investment in the Contract (generally, the premiums or other consideration paid for the Contract, reduced by any amount previously distributed from the Contract that was not subject to tax) at that time. The account value immediately before a Withdrawal may have to be increased by any positive Interest and/or Equity Adjustments that result from a Withdrawal. There is, however, no definitive guidance

5549

Table of Contents

consideration paid for the Contract, reduced by any amount previously distributed from the Contract that was not subject to tax) at that time. The account value immediately before a Withdrawal may have to be increased by any positive Interest and/or Equity Adjustments that result from a Withdrawal. There is, however, no definitive guidance on the proper tax treatment of Interest and/or Equity Adjustments, and you may want to discuss the potential tax consequences of an Interest and Equity Adjustments with your tax adviser. In the case of a surrender under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount received generally will be taxable only to the extent it exceeds the Owner’s investment in the Contract.

Penalty Tax on Certain Withdrawals. In the case of a distribution from a Non-Qualified Contract, there may be imposed a federal tax penalty equal to ten percent of the amount treated as income. In general, however, there is no penalty on distributions:

•a.made on or after the taxpayer reaches age 591⁄2;

•b.made on or after the death of an Owner;

•c.attributable to the taxpayer’s becoming disabled; or

•d.made as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer.

Other exceptions may be applicable under certain circumstances and special rules may be applicable in connection with the exceptions enumerated above. Also, additional exceptions apply to distributions from a Qualified Contract. You should consult a tax adviser with regard to exceptions from the penalty tax.

Annuity Payments. Although tax consequences may vary depending on the payout option elected under an annuity Contract, a portion of each annuity payment is generally not taxed and the remainder is taxed as ordinary income. The non-taxable portion of an annuity payment is generally determined in a manner that is designed to allow you to recover your investment in the Contract ratably on a tax-free basis over the expected stream of Annuity Payments, as determined when Annuity Payments start. Once your investment in the Contract has been fully recovered, however, the full amount of each annuity payment is subject to tax as ordinary income.

Partial Annuitization. Under a new tax provision enacted in 2010, if part of an annuity Contract’s value is applied to an annuity option that provides payments for one or more lives or for a period of at least ten years, those payments may be taxed as Annuity Payments instead of Withdrawals. None of the payment options under the Contract is intended to qualify for this “partial annuitization” treatment and, if you apply only part of the value of the Contract to a payment option, we will treat those payments as Withdrawals for tax purposes.

Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds. Amounts may be distributed from a Contract because of your death or the death of the Annuitant (if the Owner is a non-natural person). Generally, such amounts are includible in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a surrender of the Contract, or (ii) if distributed under a payout option, they are taxed in the same way as Annuity Payments.

Transfers, Assignments or Exchanges of a Contract. A transfer or assignment of ownership of a Contract, the selection of certain maturity dates, or the exchange of a Contract may result in certain tax consequences to you that are not discussed herein. An Owner contemplating any such transfer, assignment or exchange, should consult a tax advisor as to the tax consequences.

Withholding. Annuity distributions are generally subject to withholding for the recipient’s federal income tax liability. Recipients can generally elect, however, not to have tax withheld from distributions.

Multiple Contracts. All non-qualified deferred annuity Contracts that are issued by us (or our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one annuity Contract for purposes of determining the amount includible in such Owner’s income when a taxable distribution occurs.

~~Further Information. We believe that the Contracts will qualify as annuity Contracts for Federal income tax purposes and the above discussion is based on that assumption.~~ 50

Table of Contents

Further Information. We believe that the Contracts will qualify as annuity Contracts for Federal income tax purposes and the above discussion is based on that assumption.

Taxation of Qualified Contracts

The tax rules applicable to Qualified Contracts vary according to the type of Qualified Contract and its terms and conditions. Adverse tax consequences may result if you do not ensure that contributions, distributions and other transactions with respect to the Contract comply with the law.

The Contract is available for purchase as an Individual Retirement Annuity or it may be purchased by an Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of the Underlying IRA Holder.

Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs), as defined in Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), permit individuals to make annual contributions of up to the lesser of a specified dollar amount for the year or the amount of compensation includible in the individual’s gross income for the year. The contributions may be deductible in whole or in part, depending on the individual’s income. Distributions from certain retirement plans may be “rolled over” into an IRA on a tax-deferred basis without regard to these limits. Amounts in the IRA (other than nondeductible contributions) are taxed when distributed from the IRA. A 10% penalty tax generally applies to distributions made before age 591⁄2, unless an exception applies. Distributions that are rolled over to an IRA within 60 days are not immediately taxable, however only one such rollover is permitted each year. Beginning in 2015, an individual can make only one rollover from an IRA to another (or the same) IRA in any 12-month period, regardless of the number of IRAs that are owned. The limit will apply by aggregating all of an individual’s IRAs, including SEP and SIMPLE IRAs as well as traditional and Roth IRAs, effectively treating them as one IRA for purposes of the limit. This limit does not apply to direct trustee-to-trustee transfers or conversions to Roth IRAs.

Roth IRAs, as described in Code section 408A, permit certain eligible individuals to make non-deductible contributions to a Roth IRA in cash or as a rollover or transfer from another Roth IRA or other IRA. A rollover from or conversion of an IRA to a Roth IRA is generally subject to tax. The Owner may wish to consult a tax adviser before combining any converted amounts with any other Roth IRA contributions, including any other conversion amounts from other tax years. Distributions from a Roth IRA generally are not taxed, except that, once aggregate distributions exceed contributions to the Roth IRA, income tax and a 10% penalty tax may apply to distributions made (1) before age 591⁄2 (subject to certain exceptions) or (2) during the five taxable years starting with the year in which the first contribution is made to any Roth IRA. A 10% penalty tax may apply to amounts attributable to a conversion from an IRA if they are distributed during the five taxable years beginning with the year in which the conversion was made. Distributions that are rolled over to an IRA within 60 days are not immediately taxable, however only one such rollover is permitted each year. Beginning in 2015, an individual can make only one rollover from an IRA to another (or the same) IRA in any 12-month period, regardless of the number of IRAs that are owned. The limit will apply by aggregating all of an individual’s IRAs, including SEP and SIMPLE IRAs as well as traditional and Roth IRAs, effectively treating them as one IRA for purposes of the limit. This limit does not apply to direct trustee-to-trustee transfers or conversions to Roth IRAs.

Other Tax Issues. Qualified Contracts have minimum distribution rules that govern the timing and amount of distributions. You should refer to your Contract, IRA Account or consult a tax advisor for more information about these distribution rules.

Distributions from Qualified Contracts generally are subject to withholding for the Owner’s federal income tax liability. The withholding rate varies according to the type of distribution and the Owner’s tax status. The Owner will be provided the opportunity to elect not have tax withheld from distributions.

In the case of a Withdrawal under a Qualified Contract, a ratable portion of the amount received is taxable, generally based on the ratio of the “investment in the Contract’’ to the individual’s total account balance or accrued benefit under the retirement plan. The “investment in the Contract” generally equals the amount of any non-deductible Purchase Payment paid by or on behalf of any individual. In many cases, the “investment in the Contract” under a Qualified Contract can be zero.

5751

Table of Contents

generally based on the ratio of the “investment in the Contract’’ to the individual’s total account balance or accrued benefit under the retirement plan. The “investment in the Contract” generally equals the amount of any non-deductible Purchase Payments paid by or on behalf of any individual. In many cases, the “investment in the Contract” under a Qualified Contract can be zero.

Federal Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Transfer Taxes

While no attempt is being made to discuss in detail the Federal estate tax implications of the Contract, a purchaser should keep in mind that the value of an annuity Contract owned by a decedent and payable to a Beneficiary who survives the decedent is included in the decedent’s gross estate. Depending on the terms of the annuity Contract, the value of the annuity included in the gross estate may be the value of the lump sum payment payable to the designated Beneficiary or the actuarial value of the payments to be received by the Beneficiary. Consult an estate planning advisor for more information.

Under certain circumstances, the Code may impose a generation-skipping (“GST”) tax when all or part of an annuity Contract is transferred to, or a Death Benefit is paid to, an individual two or more generations younger than the Owner. Regulations issued under the Code may require us to deduct the tax from your Contract, or from any applicable payment, and pay it directly to the IRS.

The potential application of these taxes underscores the importance of seeking guidance from a qualified adviser to help ensure that your estate plan adequately addresses your needs and those of your beneficiaries under all possible scenarios.

Medicare Tax

Distributions from non-qualified annuity policies will be considered “investment income” for purposes of the Medicare tax on investment income. Thus, in certain circumstances, a 3.8% tax may be applied to some or all of the taxable portion of distributions (e.g. earnings) to individuals whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Please consult a tax advisor for more information.

Definition of Spouse under Federal Law

The Contract provides that upon your death, a surviving spouse may have certain continuation rights that he or she may elect to exercise for the Contract’s Death Benefit and any joint-life coverage under an optional living benefit. All Contract provisions relating to spousal continuation are available only to a person who meets the definition of “spouse” under federal law. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that same-sex marriages must be permitted under state law and that marriages recognized under state law will be recognized for federal law purposes. Domestic partnerships and civil unions that are not recognized as legal marriages under state law, however, will not be treated as marriages under federal law. Consult a tax adviser for more information on this subject.

Annuity ~~Purchases~~purchases Byby ~~Nonresident~~nonresident ~~Aliens~~aliens and ~~Foreign~~foreign ~~Corporations~~corporations

The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or residents. Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on taxable distributions from annuity Contracts at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, such purchasers may be subject to state and/or municipal taxes and taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser’s country of citizenship or residence. Additional withholding may occur with respect to entity purchasers (including foreign corporations, partnerships, and trusts) that are not U.S. residents. Prospective purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser regarding U.S., state, and foreign taxation with respect to an annuity contract purchase.

Table of Contents

1035 Exchanges

Under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code, you are permitted in most circumstances to directly transfer amongst annuities. If the transfer does not qualify as a 1035 exchange, you may be subject to federal income tax which does not preclude the potential for penalties. Both annuities and other tax qualified accounts, including this annuity Contract, may contain early Withdrawals provisions and therefore should be examined carefully. Please consult with your Financial Professional to discuss the costs and benefits. Please note that your Financial Professional will receive a commission if you replace your existing annuity with this annuity Contract.

Table of Contents

Possible Tax Law Changes

Although the likelihood of legislative changes is uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Contract could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to legislative developments and their effect on the Contract.

We have the right to modify the Contract in response to legislative changes that could otherwise diminish the favorable tax treatment that annuity Contract Owners currently receive. We make no guarantee regarding the tax status of any contact and do not intend the above discussion as tax advice.

15. Other Information

Assignment

To the extent allowed by applicable State law, we reserve the right to refuse our consent to any assignment at any time on a nondiscriminatory basis if the assignment would violate or result in noncompliance with any applicable state or federal law or regulation. Unless otherwise restricted by Endorsement, you may request to assign or transfer your rights under the Contract by Notifying us. We will not be bound by an assignment until we acknowledge it. If your Contract is assigned, the assignment will take effect on the date the Notice was signed, subject to any action taken by us before receipt of the Notice. We have no liability under any assignment for our actions or omissions done in good faith. In addition, we shall not be liable for any tax consequences you may incur due to the assignment of your Contract.

Distribution

Athene Securities, a wholly owned subsidiary of Athene Holding Ltd. (Athene), serves as distributing underwriter for the Contracts. Athene Securities is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the 1934 Act, as well as with the securities commissions in the states in which it operates, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Athene Securities is a member of the Securities Investors Protection Corporation. You may contact FINRA by calling 1-800-289-9999 or online at www.finra.org for information about Athene Securities or your broker-dealer and their respective registered persons. An investor brochure that includes information describing FINRA is available both online and through the telephone number.

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Athene Securities for the distribution of the Contracts. Athene Securities also may perform various administrative services on our behalf.

We may fund Athene Securities’ operating and other expenses, including overhead, legal and accounting fees, Financial Professional training, compensation for the Athene Securities management team, and other expenses associated with the Contracts. Financial Professionals associated with Athene Securities and their managers are also eligible for various benefits, such as production incentive bonuses, insurance benefits, and non-cash compensation items that we may provide jointly with Athene Securities. Non-cash items include conferences, seminars and trips (including travel, lodging and meals in connection therewith), entertainment, awards, merchandise and other similar items.

We offer Contracts on a continuous basis. Contracts are sold only by licensed Financial Professionals in those states where the Contracts may be lawfully sold. Athene Securities does not itself sell the Contracts on a retail basis. Rather, Athene Securities enters into selling agreements with unaffiliated broker-dealer firms (the “selling broker-dealers”) for the sale of the Contracts through those firms and their Financial Professionals. The Financial Professionals will be registered representatives of the selling broker-dealers that are registered as broker-dealers under the 1934 Act and members of FINRA.53

Under the distribution agreement we pay selling commissions to Athene Securities, which Athene

Table of Contents

~~Securities~~ We ~~re-allows~~offer toContracts ~~the~~on ~~selling~~a ~~broker-dealers~~continuous basis. ~~The~~Contracts ~~amount~~are ~~and~~sold ~~timing~~only ofby ~~commissions~~licensed ~~paid~~Financial toProfessionals ~~selling~~in ~~broker-dealers~~those ~~may~~states ~~vary~~where ~~depending on~~ the ~~selling~~Contracts ~~agreements~~may ~~and~~be ~~the~~lawfully ~~Contract~~ sold. ~~but~~Athene ~~will~~Securities does not beitself ~~more~~sell ~~than~~the 7%Contracts ofon ~~the~~a ~~Purchase~~retail ~~Payment~~basis. ~~Some~~Rather, ~~selling~~Athene ~~broker-dealers~~Securities ~~may~~enters ~~elect~~into toselling ~~receive~~agreements awith ~~smaller~~unaffiliated ~~amount~~broker-dealer offirms ~~commission at~~ (the ~~time~~“selling ofbroker-dealers”) for the sale ~~and~~of ~~an ongoing trail commission for as long as~~ the ~~Contract~~Contracts ~~remains~~through inthose ~~effect~~firms orand astheir ~~agreed~~Financial ~~in the selling agreement~~Professionals. WeThe ~~may~~Financial ~~pay~~Professionals orwill ~~allow~~be ~~other~~registered ~~promotional~~representatives ~~incentives~~of orthe ~~payments to~~ selling broker-dealers inthat ~~the~~are ~~form~~registered ofas ~~cash~~broker-dealers orunder ~~other compensation to~~ the ~~extent~~1934 ~~permitted~~Act ~~by FINRA rules~~ and ~~other~~members ~~applicable~~of ~~laws and regulations~~FINRA.

Under the distribution agreement we pay selling commissions to Athene Securities, which Athene Securities re-allows to the selling broker-dealers. The amount and timing of commissions paid to selling broker-dealers may vary depending on the selling agreements and the Contract sold but will not be more than 7% of the Purchase Payment. Some selling broker-dealers may elect to receive a smaller amount of commission at the time of the sale and an ongoing trail commission for as long as the Contract remains in effect or as agreed in the selling agreement. We may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments to selling broker-dealers in the form of cash or other compensation to the extent permitted by FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations.

The Financial Professionals who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation paid by the Company to the selling broker-dealers in the form of commissions or other compensation, depending on the agreement between the selling broker-dealer and the Financial Professional. The Financial Professionals are also eligible for various cash benefits, such as bonuses, insurance benefits, and financing arrangements, and non-cash items. Non-cash items include conferences seminars and trips (including travel, lodging and meals in connection therewith), entertainment, merchandise, priority operations support, preferred programs, and other similar items. Sales of the Contracts may help Financial Professionals qualify for such benefits.

We may also pay compensation to wholesaling broker-dealers or other firms or intermediaries, including payments to affiliates of ours, in return for wholesaling services such as providing marketing and sales support, product training and administrative services to the Financial Professionals of the selling broker-dealers. These allowances may be based on a percentage of the Purchase Payment.

In addition to the compensation described above, we may make additional cash payments, in certain circumstances referred to as “override” compensation, or reimbursements to selling broker-dealers and wholesaling broker-dealers in recognition of their marketing and distribution, transaction processing and/or administrative services support. These payments are not offered to all broker-dealers, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among broker-dealers depending on, among other things, the level and type of marketing and distribution support provided. Marketing and distribution support services may include, among other services, placement of the Company’s products on the broker-dealers’ preferred or recommended list, increased access to the selling broker-dealers’ registered representatives for purposes of promoting sales of our products, assistance in training and education of the Financial Professionals, and opportunities for us to participate in sales conferences and educational seminars. The payments or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the particular broker-dealer’s actual or expected aggregate sales of our index-linked annuity Contracts (including the Contract) and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. Broker-dealers receiving these additional payments may pass on some or all of the payments to the Financial Professional.

A portion of the payments made to selling firms may be passed to their Financial Professionals. Financial Professionals may receive cash and non-cash compensation and other benefits. Ask your Financial Professional for further information about what they and their firm may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

Commissions and other incentives or payments described above are not charged directly to you. We intend to recoup commission and other expenses through fees and charges deducted under the Contract.

Amendments to the Contract

The Contract may be amended to conform to changes in applicable law or interpretations of applicable law. ~~Changes in the Contract may need to be approved by the state insurance departments. The consent of the Owner to an amendment will be obtained to the extent required by applicable law.~~

Table of Contents

Changes in the Contract may need to be approved by the state insurance departments. The consent of the Owner to an amendment will be obtained to the extent required by applicable law.

Misstatements

If payments made were too large because of a misstatement of age, we may deduct the difference from the next payment or payments with interest. If payments were too small, we may add the difference to the next payment with interest. Any interest payable will be made at the rate equal to 1.00% or as required by applicable law.

Table of Contents

Owner Questions

The obligations to the Owner under the Contracts are ours. Please direct your questions and concerns to us at our Administrative Office.

State Regulation

As a life insurance company organized and operated under the laws of the State of Iowa, we are subject to provisions governing life insurers and to regulation by the Iowa Commissioner of Insurance. Our books and accounts are subject to review and examination by the Iowa Division of Insurance.

Evidence of Death, Age, Gender, or Survival

We may require proof of the age, gender, death, or survival of any person or persons before acting on any applicable Contract provision.

Independent Auditors

~~[To~~ The befinancial ~~added~~statements as of 2021 and 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, included in this Registration Statement, have been audited by ~~pre-effective~~PricewaterhouseCoopers ~~amendment.]~~LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein.

Legal Matters

~~[To~~ Eversheds beSutherland ~~added~~(US) byLLP ~~pre-effective~~has ~~amendment.]~~provided advice on certain matters relating to the application of federal securities law to the Contracts.

Table of Contents

16. Information about the Company

Reliance on Rule 12h-7

The Company relies on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from the requirement to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of that Act.

Information on the Company’s Business and Property

Overview

The Company, an Iowa stock life insurance company, has its home office address and principal executive office address at 7700 Mills Civic Parkway, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266. The Company was founded in 1896 as Central Life Assurance Company and is licensed to conduct life insurance business in the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and all states except New York. Effective October 2, 2013, Athene acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Athene USA Corporation (“AUSA,” formerly known as Aviva USA Corporation), an Iowa corporation, and thereby acquired control of certain of AUSA’s insurance company subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, the Company. Currently, the Company is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Athene Annuity & Life Assurance Company (“AADE”), which in turn is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Athene. Effective January 1, 2022, as a result of the closing of the merger involving Athene and Apollo ~~Global Management, Inc.~~(~~NYSE:~~as ~~APO~~defined below), Apollo ~~Global Management, Inc. became the beneficial owner of 100% of Athene's Class A common shares and controls all of the voting power to elect Athene's board of directors.~~

Table of Contents

Global Management, Inc. (NYSE: APO) became the beneficial owner of 100% of Athene's Class A common shares and controls all of the voting power to elect Athene's board of directors.

The Company is a leading financial services company specializing in retirement services that issues, reinsures and acquires retirement savings products designed for the increasing number of individuals and institutions seeking to fund retirement needs. Currently, the Company focuses primarily on: (i) the sale of retail fixed annuities, including fixed indexed annuities (“FIAs”) and fixed rate annuities (together with FIAs, “deferred annuities”), through its network of approximately 53 independent marketing organizations, approximately 65,000 independent agents, 16 banks and 119 regional broker-dealers; (ii) pension group annuities (“PGA”) issued in connection with pension risk transfer transactions; and (iii) the opportunistic issuance of funding agreements. The Company invests the proceeds received from these activities into a high-quality asset portfolio to generate attractive financial results for its shareholder, while concurrently focusing on downside risk to preserve the capital of and meet its obligations to its policyholders, including Owners of the Contracts. Subsidiary operations are not included in the Company’s unconsolidated statutory results. The Company is currently rated A+ (stable outlook) by S&P Global Ratings, acting through Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, A (stable outlook) by A.M. Best Company, Inc. and A (positive outlook) by Fitch Ratings.

~~Reliance~~ On January 1, 2022 (the "Merger Effective Date"), Athene completed the previously announced merger transaction pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 8, 2021 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and among Athene, AGM (formerly known as Tango Holdings, Inc.), Apollo Asset Management, Inc. ("AAM", formerly known as Apollo Global Management, Inc.), Blue Merger Sub, Ltd. ("AHL Merger Sub"), and Green Merger Sub, Inc. ("AAM Merger Sub"). Effective as of 1:00 a.m. Eastern Time on ~~Rule~~the ~~12h-7~~Merger Effective Date, AAM Merger Sub merged with and into AAM (the "AAM Merger"), with AAM continuing as a direct subsidiary of AGM. Effective as of 1:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the Merger Effective Date, AHL Merger Sub merged with and into Athene (the "AHL Merger" and, together with the AAM Merger, the "Mergers"), with Athene continuing as a direct subsidiary of AGM. As a result of the Mergers, AAM and Athene became direct subsidiaries of AGM.

~~The Company relies on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from the requirement to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of that Act.~~Products

The ~~Information~~following onsummarizes the Company'’s ~~Business~~products by the amount of premiums and ~~Property~~deposits for the periods presented below:

[To be added by pre-effective amendment.]


	Year ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Premiums and Deposits	($ in Thousands)
Annuities
Indexed	$	8,371,268	$	6,133,610	$	6,309,363
Fixed rate	524,622		1,654,202		565,316
Payout	99,304		145,898		98,420
Group annuities - PGA	13,531,046		5,275,204		5,052,978
Gross annuities products	22,526,240		13,208,914		12,026,077
Funding agreements	11,481,545		2,684,571		300,000
Life and other(1)	122,969		145,577		172,328
Gross premiums and deposits	$	34,130,754	$	16,039,062	$	12,498,405
Ceded premiums and deposits	(30,469,034)		(14,166,196)		(10,790,545)
Net Premiums and Deposits	$	3,661,720	$	1,872,866	$	1,707,860

(1) Life and Other includes products associated with the following business lines: life, accident and health, variable annuity and any other

product not specifically identified. Substantially all Life and Other products are ceded to third party or affiliate reinsurers.

Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Company’s general and separate accounts U.S. Statutory Accounting Principles (“SAP”) reserves by product as of the dates presented below:


	December 31,
	2021		2020
Products (1)	($ in Thousands)
Annuities
Indexed	$	42,067,187	$	39,724,748
Fixed rate	4,638,804		4,861,936
Payout	1,811,160		1,905,408
Group annuities - PGA	27,322,616		14,453,581
Total annuities products	75,839,767		60,945,673
Funding agreements	14,733,392		3,681,766
Life and other (2)	70,451		77,216
Total reserves	$	90,643,610	$	64,704,655

(1) Reserves are net of assumed and ceded coinsurance transactions.

(2) Life and Other includes products associated with the following business lines: life, accident and health, variable annuity and any other

product not specifically identified.

Indexed Annuities

Fixed Indexed Annuities . The majority of the Company’s reserve liabilities are FIAs. An FIA is a type of insurance contract in which the policyholder makes one or more premium deposits which earn interest based, on a tax deferred basis, at a crediting rate based on a specified market index. The policyholder is entitled to receive periodic or lump sum payments a specified number of years after the contract is issued. FIAs allow policyholders the possibility of earning interest without risk to principal, unless the contract is surrendered during a surrender charge period. A market index tracks the performance of a specific group of stocks or other assets representing a particular segment of the market, or in some cases, an entire market. The Company’s FIAs include a provision for a minimum guaranteed surrender value calculated in accordance with applicable law, as well as death benefits as required by non-forfeiture regulations. The Company generally buys options on the indices to which the FIAs are tied to hedge the associated market risk. The cost of the option is priced into the overall economics of the product as an option budget.

Registered Index-Linked Annuities . A registered index-linked annuity (“RILA”) is similar to an FIA in that it offers the policyholder the opportunity for tax-deferred growth based in part on the performance of a market index. Compared to an FIA, a RILA has the potential for higher returns but also has the potential for limited risk of loss to principal and related earnings. A RILA provides the ability for the policyholder to participate in the positive performance of certain market indices during a term, limited by a cap or adjusted for a participation rate. Negative performance of the market indices during a term can result in negative policyholder returns. Downside protection is typically provided in the form of either a “buffer” or a “floor” to limit the policyholder’s exposure to market loss. A “buffer” is protection from negative exposure up to a certain percentage, typically 10 or 20 percent. A “floor” is protection from negative exposure less than a stated percentage (i.e., the policyholder risks exposure of loss up to the “floor,” but is protected against any loss in excess of this amount).

Fixed Rate Annuities

Fixed rate annuities include annual reset annuities and multi-year guaranteed annuities (“MYGAs”). Unlike FIAs, fixed rate annuities earn interest at a set rate, rather than at a rate that may vary based on an index. Fixed rate annual reset annuities have a crediting rate that is typically guaranteed for one year. After such period, the Company has the ability to change the crediting rate at its discretion, generally once annually to any rate at or above a guaranteed minimum rate. MYGAs are similar to annual reset annuities except that the initial crediting rate is

Table of Contents

guaranteed for a specified number of years, rather than just one year, before it may be changed at the Company’s discretion. After the initial crediting period, MYGAs can generally be reset annually.

Payout Annuities

Payout annuities primarily consist of single premium immediate annuities (“SPIA”), supplemental contracts and structured settlements. Payout annuities provide a series of periodic payments for a fixed period of time or for the life of the policyholder, based upon the policyholder’s election at the time of issuance. The amount, frequency and length of time of the payments are fixed at the outset of the annuity contract.

Group Annuities

PGA transactions usually involve a single premium group annuity contract issued to discharge certain pension plan liabilities. The group annuities that the Company issues are nonparticipating contracts. The assets supporting the guaranteed benefits for each contract may be held in a separate account.

Funding Agreements

The Company focuses on opportunistically issuing funding agreements to institutional investors at attractive risk-adjusted funding costs. Funding agreements are negotiated privately between an investor and an insurance company. They are designed to provide an agreement holder with a guaranteed return of principal and periodic interest payments, while offering competitive yields and predictable returns. The interest rate can be fixed or floating. If the interest rate is a floating rate, it may be linked to LIBOR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or other major index. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $12.3 billion in aggregate funding agreement deposits outstanding under the funding agreement backed note (“FABN”) program, pursuant to which a third-party trust issues medium-term notes under a global debt issuance program and uses the proceeds of such issuances to buy funding agreements from the Company, $2.4 billion in aggregate funding agreement deposits outstanding to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the “FHLB”) and $500 million in aggregate funding agreement deposits outstanding under the Company’s secured funding agreement backed repurchase agreement program, pursuant to which a special-purpose, unaffiliated entity entered into repurchase agreements with a bank and the proceeds of the repurchase agreements were used by the special-purpose entity to purchase funding agreements from the Company.

Life and Other

Life and other products include other retail products, including run-off or ceded business, statutory closed blocks and ceded life insurance. In connection with Athene’s acquisition of Aviva USA Corporation (“Aviva USA”, now AUSA), the Company entered into a series of reinsurance agreements to cede the acquired, non-core business, to third parties and affiliates. A description of the reinsurance arrangements entered into in connection with the acquisition and certain reinsurance arrangements pre-dating the acquisition, in each case, pursuant to which certain life and other products are ceded, is below.

Global Atlantic Financial Group Limited (“Global Atlantic”). The Company entered into a series of reinsurance agreements with affiliates of Global Atlantic to cede life insurance business acquired from Athene’s purchase of Aviva USA. A description of the transactions is as follows:

• The Company entered into a 100% coinsurance and assumption agreement with Accordia Life and Annuity Company (“Accordia”), a Global Atlantic affiliate. The agreement covers all open block life insurance business issued by the Company, with the exception of enhanced guarantee universal life insurance products. Under the terms of the agreement, Accordia is obligated to maintain a custody account with an agreed-upon required balance that, as of December 31, 2021, was approximately $1.6 billion. As of December 31, 2021, outstanding obligations ceded pursuant to this arrangement which remained unnovated amounted to $1.1 billion in statutory reserves. The Company has no continuing contractual obligations with respect to policies that have been novated.

• The Company entered into a 100% coinsurance agreement with Accordia and Accordia subsequently retroceded to Ameritas Life Insurance Corp. (“Ameritas”) substantially all policy liabilities for the

Table of Contents

closed block established in connection with the demutualization of Indiana Life Insurance Company, which had been previously acquired by Aviva USA. Under the terms of the retrocession agreement, Ameritas maintains a trust account with assets equal to or greater than a required statutory balance that as of December 31, 2021 was $583 million. As of December 31, 2021, outstanding obligations ceded pursuant to this arrangement amounted to $595 million in statutory reserves.

Structured Annuity Reinsurance Company (“STAR” ). The Company entered into a reinsurance agreement on August 30, 2013 with STAR, an affiliated reinsurer domiciled in Iowa. The agreement ceded, through coinsurance, all annuity contracts issued by the Company (and its predecessor by merger, Aviva Life Insurance Company) to Aviva London Assignment Corporation, an affiliated entity. As of each of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were $1.1 billion of outstanding obligations ceded pursuant to the coinsurance agreement.

Athene Re USA IV, Inc. (“Athene Re IV”) . In connection with Athene’s acquisition of Aviva USA, Athene acquired Aviva Re USA IV, Inc. (now Athene Re IV), a subsidiary of Aviva USA and a captive reinsurer domiciled in Vermont. Prior to Athene’s acquisition of Aviva USA, the Company’s predecessor had entered into a coinsurance agreement with Aviva Re USA IV, Inc., dated December 15, 2011, pursuant to which the Company’s predecessor ceded, on a 100% quota share basis, all life insurance policies that had been issued or assumed by the Company’s predecessor prior to its reorganization from an Iowa mutual life insurance company to a mutual holding company and were, as of the date of the coinsurance agreement, being operated as a closed block of business for dividend purposes only. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were $1.4 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, of outstanding obligations ceded pursuant to the funds withheld coinsurance agreement.

Reinsurance

The Company is party to reinsurance arrangements, pursuant to which it cedes certain risks associated with its core business to its affiliates, Athene Annuity Re Ltd. (“AARe”) and AADE. The Company has entered into a modified coinsurance agreement ("Modco Agreement") with AARe, pursuant to which it cedes to AARe a quota share, as specified by the Company, of its obligations to repay the principal upon maturity or termination and to make periodic interest payments under funding agreements issued by the Company. All cessions to date have been on a 100% quota share basis. The Company had a coinsurance agreement with AADE, pursuant to which it ceded to AADE a 50% quota share of all of the Company’s retail annuity business issued between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2021 (excluding the Contracts). The Company has entered into Modco Agreements with AARe with respect to substantially all of its other core business, pursuant to which it generally cedes to AARe an 80% quota share of all such business.

Under the various Modco Agreements, the Company retains the reserves and the assets supporting the reserves, with the assets held in a segregated account ("Modco Account"). Although AARe is not required to establish any reserves in connection with modified coinsurance transactions, it is required to hold capital related to the modified coinsurance reserves that are retained by the Company as if the reserves were explicitly recorded on the balance sheets of AARe. The profit and loss with respect to the reserve liabilities and the assets supporting the reserves flow from the Company to AARe through periodic net settlements. The Company is authorized under the Modco Agreements to make payments on the ceded liabilities directly from the Modco Account. The assets maintained in the Modco Account are valued at statutory carrying value for purposes of determining settlement amounts. Under the Modco Agreements, the Company has an obligation to make payments to AARe to the extent that the statutory carrying value of the assets maintained in the applicable Modco Account exceeds 100% of the applicable reserves, and AARe has an obligation to make a payment to the Company to the extent that the statutory carrying value of the assets maintained in the Modco Account is less than 100% of the applicable reserves.

Under the coinsurance agreement with AADE, the Company pays reinsurance premiums to AADE equal to 50% of the sum of (i) gross premiums generated through the Company’s retail operations, (ii) fees with respect to any riders issued in connection with the Company’s retail operations and (iii) any other payments, collections or recoveries relating to the Company’s retail operations. AADE pays the Company’s obligations relating to partial surrenders, full surrenders, death claims, annuitizations and other contractual benefits under the policies being reinsured and also pays the Company for certain policy expenses, including administrative expenses and issuance

Table of Contents

and renewal expenses, incurred by the Company relating to the policies being reinsured. Amounts owing to or from AADE pursuant to the coinsurance agreement are determined and paid upon settlement, which may occur on either a monthly or quarterly basis. Effective January 1, 2022, the Company and AADE agreed to terminate that coinsurance agreement for new business, with the intention that new policies issued on and after that date will be reinsured to AARe pursuant to a new Modco Agreement effective January 1, 2022.

The following summarizes the Company’s general and separate accounts statutory reserves, as of the dates presented below, that have been ceded to AARe:


	December 31,
	2021		2020
Reserves	($ in Thousands)
Annuities
Indexed	$	33,558,746	$	31,675,272
Fixed rate	3,748,454		3,931,818
Payout	1,448,928		1,524,327
Group annuities - PGA	21,858,093		11,562,865
Total annuities products	60,614,221		48,694,282
Funding agreements	14,733,392		3,681,766
Life and other (1)	49,749		54,641
Total reserves	$	75,397,362	$	52,430,689

(1)Life and other includes products associated with the following business lines: life, accident and health, variable annuity and any other product not specifically identified.

Investment Management

Investment activities are an integral part of the Company’s business and net investment income is a significant component of the Company’s total revenues. The Company’s investment philosophy is to invest a portion of the Company’s assets in securities that earn the Company incremental yield by taking measured liquidity risk and complexity risk and capitalizing on the Company’s long-dated and persistent liability profile to prudently achieve higher net investment earned rates, rather than assuming solely credit risk.

The Company has executed an investment management agreement (“IMA”) with Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP (“ISG”), pursuant to which ISG and certain of its affiliates, including AGM (and together with its subsidiaries, “Apollo”) manage substantially all of the Company’s portfolio. Apollo's investment team and credit portfolio managers employ their deep experience to assist Athene and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Athene Group”), including the Company, in sourcing a broad range of asset classes. Apollo has selected a diverse array of corporate bonds and more structured, but highly rated asset classes. The Athene Group also maintains holdings in floating rate and less interest rate-sensitive investments, including collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and various other types of structured products. These asset classes permit the Athene Group to earn incremental yield by assuming liquidity risk and complexity risk, rather than assuming solely credit risk. In addition to its core fixed income portfolio, the Athene Group opportunistically allocates approximately 5% of its overall portfolio to alternative investments where it primarily focuses on fixed income-like, cash flow-based investments. The Athene Group's alternative investment strategy is inherently opportunistic rather than being derived from allocating a fixed percentage of assets to the asset class and the strategy is subject to internal concentration limits.

Table of Contents

The percentages of each general and separate accounts asset class held by the Company, based on statutory carrying value as of the dates presented below, are as follows:


	December 31, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Carrying Value		% of Total		Carrying Value		% of Total
	($ in Thousands)
Asset Class:
Corporate Bonds	$	42,669,483	42	%	$	34,443,848	48	%
Municipal and Other Government Bonds	1,596,260		2		1,033,338		1
ABS (non-MBS, CLO)	11,271,317		11		4,277,796		6
CMBS	2,744,844		3		2,374,097		3
RMBS	3,545,840		3		4,061,787		6
Mortgage Loans	16,615,157		16		9,896,709		14
Real Estate	9,389		—		9,389		—
CLO	9,821,568		10		6,024,309		7
Partnership Interests and Surplus Notes	4,672,454		5		2,234,959		3
Investments in Subsidiaries	430,714		—		435,317		1
Short-term Investments	2,504,498		2		2,547,272		4
Other	6,010,165		6		4,683,734		7
Total	$	101,891,689	100	%	$	72,022,555	100	%

Competition

The Company operates in highly competitive markets. The Company competes with a variety of large and small industry participants, including diversified financial institutions and insurance and reinsurance companies. These companies compete in one form or another for the growing pool of retirement assets driven by a number of external factors such as the continued aging of the U.S. population and the reduction in safety nets provided by governments and private employers. In the markets the Company operates in, scale and the ability to provide value-added services and build long-term relationships are important factors to compete effectively. The Company believes that its leading presence in the retirement market, diverse range of capabilities and broad distribution network uniquely positions it to effectively serve consumers' increasing demand for retirement solutions, particularly in the FIA market.

The Company faces competition in the FIA market from traditional insurance carriers such as Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America and American International Group Companies. Principal competitive factors for FIAs are initial crediting rates, reputation for renewal crediting action, product features, brand recognition, customer service, distribution capabilities and financial strength ratings of the provider. Competition may affect, among other matters, both business growth and the pricing of the Company’s products and services.

The Company faces strong competition within the institutional channel. With respect to funding agreements, namely those issued in connection with the Company’s FABN program, the Company competes with other insurers that have active FABN programs, such as MetLife, Inc. (“MetLife”) and New York Life Insurance Company. Within the funding agreement market, the Company competes primarily on the basis of perceived financial strength, interest rates and term. With respect to Group Annuities, the Company competes with other insurers that offer such annuities, such as MetLife and Prudential Financial, Inc. Within the PGA market, the Company competes primarily on the basis of price, underwriting, investment capabilities and the ability to provide quality service to the corporate sponsor's pension participants.

Table of Contents

Human Capital Management

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 515 employees, all of whom were located at the Company's headquarters in West Des Moines, Iowa. In addition, the Company receives services from employees of other members of the Athene Group under the terms of a shared services agreement. The Company believes that employee relations are good. None of its employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements, nor is the Company aware of any efforts to implement such agreements.

Human capital resources are managed at the broader Athene Group level. The Athene Group is committed to a culture that prioritizes teamwork, engagement, inclusivity and pride of ownership. When employees are engaged and feel a sense of purpose and belonging, they are more enthusiastic about their work and the success of the organization. Engagement is driven by many facets of the Athene Group's employee experience. The Athene Group's core values – Believe in your Co-workers, Engage Actively, Act like Owners, and Make it Happen (“BEAM”) – provide the foundation for employee engagement. BEAM was created by a team of employees tasked with articulating the Athene Group's core beliefs. BEAM is core to the Athene Group's culture and helps inspire employees to take positive action in the Athene Group's workplace and in the communities in which the Athene Group operates.

Talent

Recruiting, developing and retaining high-performing employees in the workplace is very important to the Athene Group. The Athene Group values each employee’s individual talents and skills, and promotes career growth and development for all employees. As the Athene Group invests in the growth and development of its employees, the value of its workforce increases. The continued success of the Athene Group's business depends upon its ability to retain the employees in whom it has invested. The Athene Group monitors turnover rates by function and actively defends against key talent losses to competitors. The Athene Group also conducts annual succession planning to ensure that as the organization expands, is subject to turnover and/or provides promotional opportunities, it is in a position to fill key open positions.

To measure employee satisfaction and engagement, the Athene Group administers an annual employee engagement survey. The scores and feedback are reviewed by management in addition to being communicated to all Athene Group employees. The Athene Group adjusts to its business practices based on feedback received. To achieve meaningful feedback, the Athene Group strives to achieve high employee completion rates.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

The Athene Group is committed to ensuring diversity, equity and inclusion (“DEI”) are woven into its organizational values. The Athene Group's DEI efforts are led by its Senior Vice President, Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, who reports to Athene's Executive Vice President of Human Resources, with additional reporting responsibilities to the Legal & Regulatory Committee of Athene's board of directors, the committee charged with oversight of the Athene Group's DEI efforts and the Athene Group's corporate and social responsibility efforts more broadly. The Athene Group has established a Diversity & Inclusion Council and ten Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”) that work to elevate diversity efforts by fostering a workplace that cultivates employees' differences, where employees feel celebrated, engaged, and connected. The Athene Group seeks to build a diverse workforce that delivers on its business objectives and embodies its values. The Athene Group engages actively with its communities to make a difference in the places in which its employees live and work.

In addition to the Athene Group's human resources and DEI leadership, the Athene Group currently has a DEI Analyst and ten advisors supporting its ten ERGs, which are comprised of: Advancing Abilities Partnership; African American Athene Connection; Athene Asian Alliance; Athene Military Veterans Organization; Bermuda Diversity and Inclusion Committee; Comunidad; Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer/Questioning;

Table of Contents

LiveWell; Volunteer Committee; and Women’s Inclusion Network. Each ERG is paired with a member of Athene's Executive Committee to provide a direct link between the group and Athene's executive leadership.

Pay

The Athene Group's performance-based compensation strategy is designed to recognize and reward employees for their contribution to the Athene Group's success, and the Athene Group strives to provide strong, equitable incentives for performance. Compensation may be comprised of up to three elements: base compensation, which is determined based upon a number of factors, including size, scope and impact of the employee’s role, the market value associated with the employee’s role, leadership skills, length of service and individual performance; an annual incentive award, which if applicable, is a cash incentive award determined based on a combination of individual and company performance during the period to which the incentive award relates; and a long-term incentive award, which if applicable, is a stock-based award intended to compensate an employee for the employee's contribution to the Athene Group's success and to align the interest of the award recipient with the Athene Group's interest during the vesting period of the award. The Athene Group seeks to determine compensation on the basis of merit and without regard to demographic characteristics.

Regulation

The Company is licensed to transact its insurance business in, and is subject to, regulation and supervision by, Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia and all states other than the State of New York (in which the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, AANY and ALICNY, are licensed to transact insurance business). The Company’s business is also subject to certain international regulations and frameworks as well as the laws and regulations of various other jurisdictions. A summary of certain of the laws, regulations and frameworks to which the Company is subject is set forth below.

From time to time, in the ordinary course of business and like others in the insurance and financial services industries, the Company receives requests for information from government agencies in connection with such agencies’ regulatory or investigatory authority. Such requests can include market conduct examinations, subpoenas or demand letters for documents to assist the government in audits or investigations. The Company reviews such requests and notices and takes appropriate action. The Company has been subject to certain requests for information and investigations in the past and could be subject to them in the future.

General

The Company is organized and domiciled in Iowa (the “Domiciliary State”) and is also licensed as an insurer in the Domiciliary State. The Company is regulated by the insurance department of the Domiciliary State as well as each of the insurance regulators in the other states where the Company is authorized to transact insurance business. The primary purpose of such regulatory supervision is to protect policyholders. Generally, insurance products underwritten by the Company must be approved by the insurance regulators in each state in which they are sold.

State insurance authorities have broad administrative powers over the Company with respect to all aspects of its insurance business including: (1) licensing to transact business; (2) licensing of producers; (3) prescribing which assets and liabilities are to be considered in determining statutory surplus; (4) regulating premium rates for certain insurance products; (5) approving policy forms and certain related materials; (6) determining whether a reasonable basis existed as to the suitability of the annuity purchase recommendations producers make and, in certain states, that such recommendations are in the best interest of the consumer; (7) regulating unfair trade and claims practices; (8) establishing reserve requirements, solvency standards and minimum capital requirements; (9) regulating the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year; (10) regulating the availability of reinsurance or other substitute financing solutions, the terms thereof and the ability of an insurer to take credit on its financial statements for insurance ceded to reinsurers or other substitute financing solutions; (11) fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans, minimum crediting rates on accumulation products and minimum allowable

Table of Contents

surrender values; (12) regulating the type, amounts and valuations of investments permitted; (13) setting parameters with affiliates; and (14) regulating other matters.

The rates, forms, terms and conditions of the Company’s reinsurance agreements with unaffiliated third parties generally are not directly subject to regulation by any state insurance department in the United States. This contrasts with primary insurance where, as discussed above, the policy forms and premium rates are generally regulated by state insurance departments.

From time to time, increased scrutiny has been placed upon the U.S. insurance regulatory framework, and a number of state legislatures have considered or enacted legislative measures that alter, and in many cases increase, state authority to regulate insurance and reinsurance companies. In addition to legislative initiatives of this type, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “NAIC”) and state insurance regulators are regularly involved in a process of reexamining existing laws and regulations and their application to insurance and reinsurance companies.

Furthermore, while the federal government in most contexts currently does not directly regulate the insurance business, federal legislation and administrative policies in a number of areas, such as employee benefits and pension regulation, age, sex and disability-based discrimination, financial services regulation, securities regulation, derivatives regulation, privacy regulation and federal taxation, can significantly affect the insurance business. It is not possible to predict the future impact of changing regulation on the Company’s operations.

In addition, as part of Athene’s acquisition of Aviva USA, Athene acquired a special purpose insurance company, Athene Re IV, which is a subsidiary of the Company. Athene Re IV is domiciled in Vermont and provides reinsurance to the Company in order to facilitate the financing of the current deficit on a closed block of policies resulting from the demutualization of a prior insurance company currently part of the Company. As part of the acquisition of the Company, the liabilities associated with such closed block of insurance policies, including any exposure to payments due from such special purpose insurance company subsidiary, were reinsured to Accordia Life and Annuity Company. The Company does not actively write business that requires the use of captive reinsurers. The substantial majority of all policyholder obligations written or held by the Company are ultimately reinsured to Athene Annuity Re, Ltd. (“AARe”).

NAIC

The NAIC is an organization, the mandate of which is to benefit state insurance regulatory authorities and consumers by promulgating model insurance laws and regulations for adoption by the states. The NAIC also provides standardized insurance industry accounting and reporting guidance through the NAIC Accounting Manual. However, model insurance laws and regulations are only effective when adopted by the states, and statutory accounting and reporting principles continue to be established by individual state laws, regulations and permitted practices. Changes to the NAIC Accounting Manual or modifications by the various state insurance departments may affect the statutory capital and surplus of the Company.

Some of the NAIC pronouncements, particularly as they affect accounting issues, take effect automatically in the various states without affirmative action by the states. Statutes, regulations and interpretations may be applied with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting and reserve requirements. Also, regulatory actions with prospective impact can potentially have a significant impact on products that the Company currently sells. The NAIC continues to work to reform state regulation in various areas, including reporting requirements for investment transactions with related parties that are not "affiliated" under the NAIC's Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act and Model Regulation (the "Holding Company Model Act").

Own Risk and Solvency Assessment ("ORSA") Model Act

The Company is subject to the ORSA Model Act, which has been enacted by the Domiciliary State and requires insurance companies to assess the adequacy of their and their group’s risk management and current and

Table of Contents

future solvency position. Under the ORSA Model Act, certain insurers must undertake an internal risk management review at least annually (but also at any time when there are significant changes to the risk profile of the insurer or its insurance group), in accordance with the NAIC’s ORSA Guidance Manual, and prepare an ORSA Summary Report (“ORSA Report”) assessing the adequacy of the insurer’s risk management and capital in light of its current and future business plans. The ORSA Report is required to be filed with a company’s lead state regulator and made available to other domiciliary regulators within the holding company system. The Company files the ORSA Report with the Iowa Insurance Division ("IID") as its lead state regulator and concurrently provides the ORSA Report to the Delaware Department of Insurance and the New York State Department of Financial Services ("NYSDFS").

Corporate Governance Annual Disclosure Model Act and Model Regulation (together, the "Corporate Governance Model Act")

The Company is subject to the Corporate Governance Model Act, a form of which has been adopted in the Domiciliary State and requires an insurer to provide an annual disclosure regarding its corporate governance practices to its lead state and/or domestic regulator. The Company is in compliance with the Corporate Governance Model Act as adopted by Iowa.

Insurance Holding Company Regulation

Each direct and indirect parent of the Company is subject to the insurance holding company laws of the Domiciliary State. These laws generally require an insurance holding company and insurers that are members of such holding company system to register with their domestic insurance regulators and to file certain reports with those authorities, including information concerning their capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations. Generally, under these laws, transactions between the Company and its affiliates, including any reinsurance transactions and affiliated investment, must be fair and reasonable and, if material or included within a specified category, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the insurance department of their respective domiciliary state.

Most states, including the Domiciliary State, have insurance laws that require regulatory approval of a direct or indirect change of control of an insurer, which would include a change of control of its holding company. Laws such as these prevent any person from acquiring direct or indirect control of the Company unless that person has filed a statement with specified information with the commissioner, superintendent or director of the Domiciliary State (each, a "Commissioner") and has obtained the Commissioner’s prior approval. Under most states’ statutes, including those of the Domiciliary State, acquiring 10% or more of a voting interest in an insurance company or its parent company is presumptively considered a change of control, although such presumption may be rebutted. Accordingly, any person who acquires 10% or more of a voting interest in a direct or indirect parent of the Company (including Athene) without the prior approval of the Commissioner of the Domiciliary State will be in violation of the Domiciliary State’s law and may be subject to injunctive action requiring the disposition or seizure of those securities by the Commissioner or prohibiting the voting of those securities and/or to other actions determined by the Commissioner. Further, a willful violation of these laws is punishable in the Domiciliary State as a criminal offense.

In addition, most states’ insurance holding company laws require any controlling person of a U.S. insurer seeking to divest its controlling interest in the insurance company to file with the relevant insurance Commissioner a confidential notice of the proposed divestiture at least thirty days prior to the cessation of control (unless a person acquiring control from the divesting party has filed notice of the proposed acquisition of control with the Commissioner). After receipt of the notice, the Commissioner must determine whether the parties seeking to divest or to acquire a controlling interest will be required to file for or obtain approval of the transaction. These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent an acquisition of control of a direct or indirect parent of the Company (including Athene) (in particular through an unsolicited transaction), even if the shareholders of such parent consider such transaction to be desirable.

Table of Contents

Holding company system regulations currently in effect in New York require prospective acquirers of New York domiciled insurers to provide detailed disclosure with respect to intended changes to the business operations of the insurer, and expressly authorize the NYSDFS to impose additional conditions on such acquisitions. Pursuant to these regulations, the NYSDFS may limit the changes that the acquirer may make to the insurer’s business operations for a specified period of time following the acquisition without the NYSDFS’ prior approval. In particular, the regulation provides the NYSDFS with the specific authority to require acquirers of New York domiciled life insurers to post assets in a trust account for the benefit of the target company’s policyholders. In making such determination, the NYSDFS may consider whether the acquirer is, or is controlled by or under common control with, an investment manager such as AGM. The NAIC has also published in its Financial Analysis Handbook specific narrative guidance for state insurance examiners to consider in reviewing applications for an acquisition of insurance and reinsurance companies by a private equity firm. The NAIC also is undertaking a review of regulatory considerations applicable to insurers and reinsurers owned by a private equity firm and has appointed the Macroprudential (E) Working Group to coordinate this workstream. No specific action has been taken by the Macroprudential (E) Working Group as of February 1, 2022 other than the adoption of a list of “Regulatory Considerations Applicable (But Not Exclusive) to Private Equity (PE) Owned Insurers,” which list requires further adoption by a task force and committee of the NAIC. Once the list is fully adopted, the Macroprudential (E) Working Group will assess each consideration to determine whether additional work by the NAIC is deemed necessary in addition to the projects currently underway and, if so, by which NAIC committee. Accordingly, the Company is currently unable to predict the impact of such NAIC activities on our business, including its investment activities.

In addition, many state insurance laws require prior notification to state insurance departments of a change in control of a non-domiciliary insurance company doing business in that state. While these pre-acquisition notification statutes do not authorize the state insurance departments to disapprove the change in control, they authorize regulatory action in the affected state if particular conditions exist such as undue market concentration. Any future transactions that would constitute a change in control of the Company may require prior notification in those states that have adopted pre-acquisition notification laws.

The insurance holding company laws of the Domiciliary State also require the ultimate controlling party to file an annual enterprise risk report identifying the material risks within the insurance holding company system that could pose enterprise risk to the licensed companies. An enterprise risk is generally defined as an activity or event involving affiliates of an insurer that could have a material and adverse effect on the insurer or the insurer’s holding company system.

Group Capital

In December 2020, the NAIC adopted amendments to the Holding Company Model Act to require, subject to certain exceptions, the ultimate controlling person of every insurer subject to the holding company registration requirement to file an annual group capital calculation (“GCC”) with its lead state on a confidential basis. The GCC is a tool developed by the NAIC to provide U.S. regulators with a method to aggregate the available capital and the minimum capital of each entity in a group in a way that applies to all groups regardless of their structure. The December 2020 amendments also require the ultimate controlling person for certain large U.S. life insurers and insurance groups meeting certain scope criteria, based on the amounts of business written or material exposure to certain investment transactions, to file the results of a liquidity stress test (“LST”) annually with the lead state of the insurance group. The LST utilizes a company cash-flow projection approach incorporating liquidity sources and uses over various time horizons under a baseline assumption and stress scenarios that may vary from year to year. Iowa has not yet adopted the December 2020 amendments to the Holding Company Model Act. The NAIC has stated that the GCC calculation will be a regulatory tool and will not constitute a requirement or standard; however, these regulatory developments may increase the amount of capital that Athene is required to hold and could result in Athene being subject to increased regulatory requirements. While Athene does not currently expect this regulatory tool to impact its business, it is impossible to predict accurately if it will over time.

Table of Contents

Restrictions on Dividends and Other Distributions

Current law of the Domiciliary State permits the payment of ordinary dividends or distributions which, together with dividends or distributions paid during the preceding twelve months, do not exceed the greater of (1) 10% of the insurer’s surplus as regards policyholders as of the immediately preceding year end or (2) the net gain from operations of the insurer for the preceding twelve-month period ending as of the immediately preceding year end. Current law of New York permits the payment of dividends or distributions which, together with dividends or distributions paid during any calendar year, (1) is out of earned surplus and does not exceed the greater of (a) 10% of the insurer’s surplus as regards policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year or (b) the net gain from operations of the insurer for the immediately preceding calendar year, not including realized capital gains, not to exceed 30% of the insurer’s surplus as regards policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (2) do not exceed the lesser of (a) 10% of the insurer’s surplus as regards policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year or (b) the net gain from operations of the insurer for the immediately preceding calendar year, not including realized capital gains. Any proposed dividend in excess of these amounts is considered an extraordinary dividend or extraordinary distribution and may not be paid until it has been approved, or a 30-day waiting period has passed during which it has not been disapproved, by a Commissioner. Additionally, under the current law of the Domiciliary State, the Company may only pay ordinary dividends from the insurer's earned surplus on its business, which shall not include contributed capital or contributed surplus, AADE may only pay ordinary dividends from that part of its available and accumulated surplus funds which is derived from realized net operating profits on its business and realized capital gains, and ALICNY may only pay ordinary dividends pursuant to the “greater of” standard described above from that part of its positive unassigned funds, excluding 85% of the change in net unrealized capital gains or losses less capital gains tax, for the immediately preceding year. The insurance laws and regulations of the Domiciliary State and New York also require that an insurer’s surplus as regards policyholders following any dividend or distribution be reasonable in relation to such insurer’s outstanding liabilities and adequate to meet its financial needs.

Based on the Company’s statutory basis financial results as of December 31, 2021, the Company may not declare or pay dividends without approval in 2022. Any payment of dividends by the Company in 2022 will require the prior approval or non-disapproval of the Commissioner of the Domiciliary State. As of March 15, 2022, the Company had not paid any dividends in 2022 .

Credit for Reinsurance Ceded

The ability of a ceding insurer to take reserve credit for the business ceded to reinsurance companies through coinsurance is a significant component of reinsurance regulation and is often a determining factor in establishing a reinsurance relationship. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, only the state in which a ceding insurer is domiciled may regulate the financial statement credit for reinsurance taken by that ceding insurer. With respect to U.S.-domiciled ceding companies, credit is typically granted when (i) the reinsurer is licensed or accredited in the state where the ceding company is domiciled; (ii) the reinsurer is domiciled in a state with credit for reinsurance laws and regulations that are substantively similar to the credit for reinsurance laws and regulations in the ceding insurer’s state of domicile and the reinsurer meets certain financial requirements; or (iii) other conditions are satisfied, such as the reinsurer securing its obligations to the cedant with qualified collateral.

Athene’s Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries have provided, and may in the future provide, reinsurance to the Company in the normal course of business. As none of Athene’s Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries are licensed, accredited or approved in any U.S. state or jurisdiction, unless certain conditions are satisfied (see below), when engaging in coinsurance transactions, each of Athene's Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries must collateralize its obligations to the Company in order for the Company to obtain credit against its reserves on its statutory basis financial statements.

Credit for reinsurance laws and regulations adopted by the various states are based on the NAIC’s Credit for Reinsurance Model Law and Regulation (the “Credit for Reinsurance Model Law”) and provide that collateral

Table of Contents

requirements may be reduced for reinsurance ceded to certain unauthorized or non-accredited non-U.S.-based reinsurers that satisfy certain criteria to qualify as a certified reinsurer.

In June of 2019, the NAIC adopted revisions to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law to allow a ceding insurer to take credit for reinsurance ceded to a qualifying unauthorized reinsurer without collateral if the reinsurer satisfies certain conditions, including being domiciled in a reciprocal jurisdiction. The NAIC has approved Bermuda as a reciprocal jurisdiction. Iowa, Delaware and New York have adopted the 2019 revisions to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law. As other states adopt the 2019 revisions to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law, Athene’s Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries will be eligible to apply to the adopting states for a determination that they have satisfied the conditions specified in the 2019 revisions and, to the extent any such determinations are made, will not be required by law on a prospective basis to post collateral with respect to reinsurance ceded by insurers domiciled in such states. The NAIC adopted a new accreditation standard that requires states to adopt the revisions no later than September 1, 2022, which is likely to motivate the remaining states to adopt the revisions. To date, none of Athene’s Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries has received a determination that it satisfies the conditions to forgo the collateral posting requirements in any U.S. state or jurisdiction; however, Athene currently has an application pending with the Domiciliary State. Should such application be approved, Athene’s Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries would be permitted to forgo the collateral posting requirements with respect to business ceded by the Company pursuant to any coinsurance agreement entered into, amended or renewed after the effective date of the 2019 revisions to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law in the Domiciliary State and only with respect to losses incurred and reserves reported after the date on which the IID determines Athene’s Bermuda reinsurance subsidiaries have satisfied the conditions specified therein.

Statutory Investment Valuation Reserves

Life insurance companies are required to establish an Asset Valuation Reserve (“AVR”) to stabilize statutory contract holder surplus from fluctuations in the market value of investments. The AVR consists of two components: (1) a “default component” for possible credit-related losses on fixed maturity investments and (2) an “equity component” for possible market-value losses on all types of equity investments, including real estate-related investments. Although future additions to the AVR will reduce the future statutory capital and surplus of the Company, the Company does not believe that the impact under current regulations of such reserve requirements will materially affect the Company. Insurers also are required to establish an Interest Maintenance Reserve (“IMR”) for net realized capital gains and losses, net of tax, on fixed maturity investments where such gains and losses are attributable to changes in interest rates, as opposed to credit-related causes. The IMR provides a buffer to the Company’s statutory capital and surplus in the event the Company has to sell securities in an unrealized loss position. The IMR is required to be amortized into statutory earnings on a basis reflecting the remaining period to maturity of the fixed maturity securities. These reserves are required by state insurance regulatory authorities to be established as liabilities on a life insurer’s statutory financial statements and may also be included in the liabilities assumed by the Company pursuant to its reinsurance agreements with U.S.-based life insurer ceding companies.

Policy and Contract Reserve Adequacy Analysis

The Domiciliary State and other states have adopted laws and regulations with respect to policy and contract reserve sufficiency. Under applicable insurance laws, the Company is required to annually conduct an analysis of the adequacy of all life insurance and annuity statutory reserves. A qualified actuary appointed by the Company’s board must submit an opinion annually for the Company which states that the statutory reserves make adequate provision, according to accepted actuarial standards of practice, for the anticipated cash flows resulting from the contractual obligations and related expenses of the Company. The adequacy of the statutory reserves is considered in light of the assets held by the Company with respect to such reserves and related actuarial items, including, but not limited to, the investment earnings on such assets and the consideration anticipated to be received and retained under the related policies and contracts. At a minimum, such testing is done over a number of economic scenarios prescribed by the states, with the scenarios designed to stress anticipated cash flows for higher and/or lower future levels of interest rates. The Company may find it necessary to increase reserves, which may decrease its statutory surplus, in order to pass additional cash flow testing requirements.

Table of Contents

U.S. Statutory Reports and Regulatory Examinations

The Company is required to file detailed annual reports, including financial statements, in accordance with prescribed statutory accounting rules, with regulatory officials in the jurisdictions in which it conducts business. In addition, the Company is required to file quarterly reports prepared on the same basis, though with considerably less detail.

As part of their routine regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic detailed examinations, generally once every three to five years, of the books, records, accounts and operations of insurance companies that are domiciled in their states. Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other, non-domiciliary states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC. In May 2019, Athene completed such an examination for the period January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2017. This exam was led by the Delaware Department of Insurance in coordination with the IID and the NYSDFS. In connection with the exam, the Delaware Department of Insurance conducted an exam of AADE and Athene Life Insurance Company, the IID conducted an exam of the Company and STAR, and the NYSDFS conducted an exam of AANY and ALICNY. The exam resulted in no significant findings. The Company has been notified by the IID that the Company will be undergoing a similar examination in 2022 for the period January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2021. This exam will be led by the IID in coordination with the insurance regulators from New York and Vermont.

Market Conduct Regulation

State insurance laws and regulations include numerous provisions governing the marketplace activities of insurers, including provisions governing claims settlement practices, the form and content of disclosure to consumers, illustrations, advertising, sales and complaint process practices. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations. In addition, the Company must file, and in many jurisdictions and for some lines of business obtain regulatory approval for, rates and forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company is currently undergoing the following market conduct examinations, each in the ordinary course of business: (1) the Washington Office of the Insurance Commissioner is conducting a market conduct continuum action, (2) the Pennsylvania Insurance Department is conducting a market conduct examination and (3) the Connecticut Insurance Department is conducting a market conduct examination. The California Department of Insurance is completing a review of the rating and underwriting practices and completing a claims examination of the Company. The Massachusetts Division of Insurance is completing a limited scope market analysis of the Company. The Maryland Insurance Division concluded its market conduct examination in March 2021, the Illinois Department of Insurance concluded its market conduct examination in October 2021, and the Minnesota Department of Commerce concluded its examination in August 2021. The exams resulted in no significant findings.

Capital Requirements

The Company is subject to regulatory capital requirements based upon the laws and regulations of the State of Iowa. Regulators of each state have discretionary authority in connection with the continuing licensing of the Company to limit or prohibit sales to policyholders within their respective states if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that the Company has not maintained the required level of minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction of business would be hazardous to policyholders or reinsurance counterparties.

In order to enhance the regulation of insurers’ solvency, the NAIC adopted a model law to implement RBC requirements for life, health and property and casualty insurance and reinsurance companies. All states have adopted the NAIC’s model law or a substantively similar law. The NAIC Risk-Based Capital for Insurers Model Act requires life insurance companies to submit an annual report (the “Risk-Based Capital Report”), which compares an insurer’s total adjusted capital (“TAC”) to its authorized control level Risk-Based Capital (“ACL”), each such term, as defined pursuant to applicable state law. A company’s RBC is calculated by using a specified formula that applies factors to various risks inherent in the insurer’s operations, including risks attributable to its assets, underwriting

Table of Contents

experience, interest rates and other business expenses. The factors are higher for those items deemed to have greater underlying risk and lower for items deemed to have less underlying risk. Statutory RBC is measured on two bases: ACL and company action level RBC ((“CAL”), with ACL calculated as one-half of CAL. Regulators typically use ACL in assessing companies and reviewing solvency requirements. Companies themselves typically report and are compared using the CAL standard.

The Risk-Based Capital Report is used by regulators to set in motion appropriate regulatory actions relating to insurers that show indications of weak or deteriorating status. RBC is an additional standard for minimum capital requirements that insurers must meet to avoid being placed in rehabilitation or liquidation by regulators. The annual Risk-Based Capital Report, and the information contained therein, is not intended by the NAIC as a means to rank insurers.

RBC is a method of measuring the level of capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations, in light of its size and risk profile. It provides a means of assessing capital adequacy, where the degree of risk taken by the insurer is the primary determinant. The value of an insurer’s TAC in relation to its RBC, together with its trend in its TAC, is used as a basis for determining regulatory action that a state insurance regulator may be authorized or required to take with respect to an insurer. The four action levels include:

•CAL: The insurer is required to submit a plan for corrective action;

• Regulatory Action Level: The insurer is required to submit a plan for corrective action and is subject to examination, analysis and specific corrective action when its TAC is equal to or less than 150% ACL;

• ACL: Regulators may place the insurer under regulatory control when its TAC is equal to or less than 100% of ACL; and

• Mandatory Control Level: Regulators are required to place the insurer under regulatory control when its TAC is equal to or less than 70% of ACL.

TAC and RBC are calculated annually by insurers, as of December 31 of each year. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s TAC was significantly in excess of the levels that would prompt regulatory action under the laws of the Domiciliary State. The Company’s RBC was 363% and 415% as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The calculation of RBC requires certain judgments to be made, and, accordingly, the Company’s current RBC may be greater or less than the RBC calculated as of any date of determination.

Insurance Regulatory Information System Ratios

The NAIC has established the Insurance Regulatory Information System (“IRIS”) to assist state insurance departments in their oversight of the financial condition of insurance companies operating in their respective states. IRIS is a series of financial ratios calculated by the NAIC based on financial information submitted by insurers on an annual basis. Each ratio has an established “usual range” of results. The NAIC shares the IRIS ratios calculated for each insurer with the interested state insurance departments. Generally, an insurance company will be required to explain ratios that fall outside the usual range, and may be subject to regulatory scrutiny and action if one or more of its ratios fall outside the specified ranges. The Company is not currently subject to non-ordinary course regulatory scrutiny based on its IRIS ratios.

Regulation of Investments

The Company is subject to laws and regulations in its Domiciliary State that require diversification of its investment portfolio and limit the amounts of investments in certain asset categories, such as below-investment grade fixed income securities, real estate-related equity, partnerships, other equity investments, derivatives and alternative investments. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring statutory surplus and, in some instances, could require the divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. Additionally, the NAIC has expressed concern that private credit rating provider (“CRP”) ratings do not adequately represent the risks of an insurer’s investment in privately-issued securities. Based on this concern, insurers are now required to submit private rating letter rationale reports with certain private rating letters filed with the NAIC Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) in

Table of Contents

order to provide additional details regarding the private letter ratings obtained with respect to their ownership of privately-issued securities. The report must provide an analytical review of the privately-issued security that mirrors the work product that a CRP would produce for a similar publicly-rated security, including an explanation of the transaction structure, methodology relied on and, as appropriate, analysis of the credit, legal and operational risks and mitigants supporting the assigned CRP rating. The NAIC is also considering further actions that may be required to actively manage and oversee the use of CRP ratings in light of the extensive reliance on CRP ratings to assess investment risk for regulatory purposes, including possible changes to the SVO’s “filing exempt” process, which grants an exemption from filing with the SVO for bonds and preferred stock that have been assigned a current, monitored rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Accordingly, the investment laws in the Domiciliary State and the NAIC investment-related activities could prevent the Company from pursuing investment opportunities which it believes are beneficial, which could in turn preclude the Company from realizing its investment objectives.

Guaranty Associations

All 50 states, Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia have insurance guaranty fund laws requiring insurance companies doing business within those jurisdictions to participate in guaranty associations. Guaranty associations are organized to cover, subject to limits, contractual obligations under insurance policies issued by life insurance companies which later become impaired or insolvent. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on each member insurer doing business in a particular state on the basis of their proportionate share of the premiums written by all member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired or insolvent insurer previously engaged. Most states limit assessments in any year to 2% of the insurer’s average annual premium for the three years preceding the calendar year in which the impaired insurer became impaired or insolvent. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets, usually over a period of years.

For purposes of guaranty association assessments, long-term care insurance is typically classified as a health insurance product. Following the March 2017 liquidation of Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Co. and American Network Insurance Co., together, “Penn Treaty,” both of which were Pennsylvania-domiciled life insurance companies that sold long-term care insurance policies, there have been proposals to expand the assessment base for long-term care insurer insolvencies by requiring life and health insurers to contribute to potential long-term care insurer insolvencies. In December 2017, the NAIC adopted amendments to the Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association Model Act to provide a fifty-fifty split between life insurers and health insurers (including health maintenance organizations) for future long-term care insolvencies. Most states, including Iowa, have adopted legislation to codify the NAIC changes into law and most states are expected to propose legislation. These changes may result in future assessments against life insurers such as the Company.

U.S. Federal Oversight

Although the insurance business in the United States is primarily regulated by the states, federal initiatives can affect the business of the Company in a variety of ways. From time to time, federal measures are proposed which may significantly affect the insurance business. These areas include financial services regulation, securities regulation, derivatives regulation, pension regulation, money laundering, privacy regulation, taxation and the economic and trade sanctions implemented by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). OFAC maintains and enforces economic sanctions against certain foreign countries and groups and prohibits U.S. persons from engaging in certain transactions with certain persons or entities. OFAC has imposed civil penalties on persons, including insurance and reinsurance companies, arising from violations of its economic sanctions program. In addition, various forms of direct and indirect federal regulation of insurance have been proposed from time to time, including proposals for the establishment of an optional federal charter for insurance companies.

Title I of the Dodd-Frank Act established the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) and authorized the FSOC to designate non-bank financial companies as systemically important financial institutions (“SIFIs”), thereby subjecting them to enhanced prudential standards and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The prudential standards for non-bank SIFIs include enhanced RBC requirements,

Table of Contents

leverage limits, liquidity requirements, single counterparty exposure limits, governance requirements for risk management, stress test requirements, special debt-to-equity limits for certain companies, early remediation procedures and recovery and resolution planning. There are currently no such non-bank financial companies designated by FSOC as “systemically significant.” The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act, which became effective May 24, 2018, made limited changes to Title I of the Dodd-Frank Act. In December 2019, the FSOC released final interpretive guidance for designating non-bank SIFIs that incorporates an activities-based approach to risk assessment. Pursuant to such guidance, the FSOC will pursue entity-specific determinations only if a potential risk or threat cannot be addressed through an activities based approach. In addition, it is possible that, as a result of the recent change in the U.S. presidential administration, the FSOC may take a more active approach in the coming years with respect to the designation of non-bank SIFIs. As a result, there is considerable uncertainty as to the future determination of non-bank SIFIs and/or systemically important activities .

The Dodd-Frank Act, which effected the most far-reaching overhaul of financial regulation in the U.S. in decades, also established the Federal Insurance Office within the U.S. Treasury Department. While he or she does not currently have general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance, the Director of the Federal Insurance Office performs various functions with respect to insurance, including serving as a non-voting member of the FSOC and making recommendations to the FSOC regarding non-bank financial companies to be designated as SIFIs. The Director of the Federal Insurance Office has also submitted report to Congress on (1) modernization of U.S. insurance regulation (provided in December 2013) and (2) the U.S. and global reinsurance market (provided in November 2013 and January 2015, respectively). Such reports could ultimately lead to changes in the regulation insurers and reinsurers in the U.S.

The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the FIO to assist the Secretary of the Treasury in negotiating covered agreements. A covered agreement is an agreement between the U.S. and one or more foreign governments, authorities or regulatory entities, regarding prudential measures with respect to insurance or reinsurance. The FIO is further charged with determining, in accordance with the procedures and standards established under the Dodd-Frank Act, whether state laws are preempted by a covered agreement. Pursuant to this authority, in September 2017, the U.S. and the EU signed a covered agreement (the “EU Covered Agreement”) to address, among other things, reinsurance collateral requirements and the United States released a “Statement of the United States on the Covered Agreement with the European Union” (the “Policy Statement”), providing the United States’ interpretation of certain provisions in the EU Covered Agreement. The Policy Statement provides that the United States expects that the GCC (group capital calculation) developed by the NAIC will satisfy the EU Covered Agreement’s group capital assessment requirement. In addition, on December 18, 2018, the Bilateral Agreement between the U.S. and the UK on Prudential Measures Regarding Insurance and Reinsurance (the “UK Covered Agreement”) was signed in anticipation of the UK’s exit from the EU. U.S. state regulators have until September 1, 2022 to adopt reinsurance reforms removing reinsurance collateral requirements for EU and UK reinsurers that meet the prescribed minimum conditions set forth in the applicable EU Covered Agreement or UK Covered Agreement or else state laws imposing such reinsurance collateral requirements may be subject to federal preemption. In 2019, the NAIC adopted amendments to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law that would, if adopted by state legislatures, implement the reinsurance collateral provisions of the EU Covered Agreement and UK Covered Agreement. See “—Credit for Reinsurance Ceded” above. Iowa has adopted the 2019 amendments to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law. The NAIC has adopted a new accreditation standard that requires states to adopt the 2019 amendments to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law no later than September 1, 2022.

The reinsurance collateral provisions of the EU Covered Agreement and UK Covered Agreement lower the cost of providing reinsurance to U.S. insurers. The Company cannot predict with any certainty what impact the EU Covered Agreement or UK Covered Agreement will have on its business.

Regulation of FIAs and other Annuity Products

In recent years, the SEC and state securities regulators have questioned whether FIAs, such as those sold by the Company, should be treated as securities under the federal and state securities laws rather than as insurance products exempted from such laws. On December 17, 2008, the SEC voted to approve Rule 151A and apply federal securities oversight to FIAs issued on or after January 12, 2011. On July 12, 2010, however, the District of

Table of Contents

Columbia Circuit Court of Appeals vacated Rule 151A. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, annuities that meet specific requirements are specifically exempted from being treated as securities by the SEC. Treatment of these products as securities would require additional registration and licensing of these products and the agents selling them, as well as cause the Company to seek new or additional marketing relationships for these products, any of which may impose significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to conduct business as currently operated. The Company expects that the types of FIAs that the Company currently sells meet applicable requirements for exemption from treatment as securities and therefore have been and will continue to be exempt from being treated as securities by the SEC and state securities regulators. However, there can be no assurance that federal or state securities laws or state insurance laws and regulations will not be amended or interpreted to impose further requirements on FIAs.

Unclaimed Property Laws

The Company is subject to the laws and regulations of states and other jurisdictions concerning the identification, reporting and escheatment of abandoned or unclaimed money or property. State treasurers, controllers and revenue departments have been scrutinizing escheatment practices of life insurance companies with regard to unclaimed life insurance and annuity death benefits. As with state insurance regulators, state revenue authorities have been looking at how life insurance companies handle unreported deaths, maturity of life insurance and annuity contracts and contracts that have exceeded limiting age to determine if the companies are appropriately determining when death benefits or other payments under the contracts should be treated as unclaimed property. State treasurers, controllers and revenue departments have conducted audits of life insurance companies, which have resulted in the escheatment of certain amounts, together with interest penalties on such amounts for failure to escheat death benefits or other contract benefits, when beneficiaries could not be found at the expiration of statutory dormancy periods.

Several states have enacted new laws or adopted new regulations mandating the use by insurance companies of the U.S. Social Security Administration’s Social Security Death Index (the “Death Master File”) or other similar databases to identify deceased persons and to implement more rigorous processes to find beneficiaries. In 2013, prior to Athene's acquisition of Aviva USA, it entered into multi-state settlement agreements with the insurance regulators and treasurers for 48 states in connection with certain of its subsidiaries’ use of the Death Master File. As part of the settlement, the Company and its subsidiary ALICNY agreed to pay a $4 million assessment for examination, compliance and monitoring costs without admitting any liability or wrongdoing, and further agreed to adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure timely payment of valid claims to beneficiaries in accordance with insurance laws and to timely report and remit unclaimed proceeds to the appropriate states in connection with unpaid property laws. The Company could continue to be subject to risks related to unpaid benefits, the Death Master File, and the procedures required by the prior multi-state settlement as they relate to the Company's annuity business. Furthermore, administrative challenges associated with implementing the procedures described above may make compliance with the multi-state settlement and applicable law difficult and could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

Consumer Protection Laws and Privacy and Data Security Regulation

Federal and state consumer protection laws affect the Company’s operations. As part of the Dodd-Frank Act, Congress established the CFPB to supervise and regulate institutions that provide certain financial products and services to consumers. Although the consumer financial services subject to the CFPB’s jurisdiction generally exclude insurance business of the kind in which the Company engages, the CFPB does have authority to regulate non-insurance consumer services which are offered by issuers of securities in the Company’s investment portfolio. Moreover, the CFPB as a regulator may seek to assert jurisdiction over predominantly insurance-related products or services in instances where such products or services are related to or intertwined with the offering of consumer financial products or services more clearly within the CFPB's remit.

Table of Contents

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 ("GLBA"), which implemented fundamental changes in the regulation of the financial services industry in the United States, includes privacy requirements for financial institutions, including obligations to protect and safeguard consumers’ nonpublic personal information and records, and limitations on the re-disclosure and re-use of such information. The GLBA and other federal and state laws and regulations require financial institutions, including insurers, to protect the security and confidentiality of nonpublic personal information, including certain health-related and customer information, regulate the use and disclosure of certain personal information, and require financial institutions to notify customers and other individuals about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of health-related and customer information and their practices relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of that information. Federal and state laws require notice to affected individuals, regulators and others if there is a breach of the security of certain sensitive personal information, including Social Security numbers. In addition, privacy laws regulate the use and disclosure of personal information, including rules on the disclosure of the medical record and health status information obtained by insurers.

Federal and state lawmakers and regulatory bodies may be expected to consider additional or more detailed regulation regarding these subjects and the privacy and security of nonpublic personal information. Furthermore, the issues surrounding data security and the safeguarding of consumers’ protected information are under increasing regulatory scrutiny by state and federal regulators, particularly in light of the number and severity of recent U.S. companies’ data breaches. The Federal Trade Commission, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Federal Communications Commission, the NYSDFS, and the NAIC have undertaken various studies, reports and actions regarding data security for entities under their respective supervision. Additionally, some states have enacted new insurance laws, often based on a new NAIC model law, that require certain regulated entities to implement and maintain comprehensive information security programs to safeguard the personal information of insureds and enrollees.

In October 2017, the NAIC adopted a new Insurance Data Security Model Law, which is intended to establish the standards for data security and standards for the investigation and notification of data breaches applicable to insurance licensees in states adopting such law, with provisions that are generally consistent with the NYSDFS cybersecurity regulation discussed above. Under the model law, it is intended that companies that are compliant with the NYSDFS cybersecurity regulation are, in general, in compliance with the model law. As with all NAIC model laws, this model law must be adopted by a state before becoming law in such state and several states have adopted a version directly or as a regulation. Iowa has not yet adopted a version of the Insurance Data Security Model Law. The Company anticipates that more states will begin adopting the model law in the near term. The NAIC has also adopted a guidance document that sets forth twelve principles for effective insurance regulation of cybersecurity risks based on similar regulatory guidance adopted by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and the “Roadmap for Cybersecurity Consumer Protections,” which describes the protections to which the NAIC believes consumers should be entitled from their insurance companies, agents and other businesses concerning the collection and maintenance of consumers’ personal information, as well as what consumers should expect when such information has been involved in a data breach. The Company expects cybersecurity risk management, prioritization and reporting to continue to be an area of significant regulatory focus by such regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations.

For example, on March 1, 2017, the NYSDFS enacted 23 NYCRR 500, a cybersecurity regulation governing financial companies. This rule requires banks, insurance companies, and other financial services institutions regulated by the NYSDFS, including the Company, to establish and maintain a cybersecurity program “designed to protect consumers and ensure the safety and soundness of New York State’s financial services industry.” Since the rule’s effective date, the Company has committed significant time and resources to comply with the rule’s requirements. The NYSDFS has recently increased scrutiny and enforcement of the cybersecurity regulations and issues additional guidance and interpretation of the requirements. The Company anticipates that the NYSDFS will continue to examine the cybersecurity programs of financial institutions in the future and such examinations may result in additional regulatory scrutiny, expenditure of resources and possible regulatory actions and reputational harm.

Table of Contents

In addition to insurance and other financial institution-specific privacy laws and regulations, an increasing number of states are considering and passing comprehensive privacy legislation. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”) was signed in June 2018 and became effective on January 1, 2020 and, along with the Attorney General Regulations implementing the CCPA, imposes stringent data privacy and data protection requirements for the data of California residents, including the right to request that a business provide access to or delete any personal information about the consumer under certain circumstances, and the right to opt out of the sale of personal information. The Company has committed significant time and resources to comply with the CCPA’s requirements. In November 2020, Proposition 24, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), passed by popular referendum. The CPRA will further expand privacy rights and obligations in California when it goes into effect in 2023, and also established a new privacy regulator in the state, which may result in additional regulatory scrutiny and risk. Regulations to implement the CPRA will be proposed in the coming months and years. Additional states, such as Colorado and Virginia, have passed similar comprehensive privacy legislation that will go into effect in 2023, and more states are considering similar comprehensive privacy legislation that may add additional regulatory complexity and other legal risks. The Company anticipates that additional expenditure of resources will be necessary to respond to the evolving regulatory regimes, and possibly respond to regulatory actions and mitigate reputational harm. The Company expects that data privacy and cybersecurity will continue to be an area of significant regulatory focus, and it is possible that other jurisdictions will consider or enact data privacy regulations.

ERISA

The Company may also be subject to regulation by the U.S. Department of Labor (the “DOL”) when providing a variety of products and services to employee benefit plans governed by ERISA. ERISA is a comprehensive federal statute that applies to U.S. employee benefit plans sponsored by private employers and labor unions. Plans subject to ERISA include pension and profit-sharing plans and welfare plans, including health, life and disability plans. Among other things, ERISA imposes reporting and disclosure obligations, prescribes standards of conduct that apply to plan fiduciaries and prohibits transactions known as “prohibited transactions,” such as conflict-of-interest transactions, self-dealing and certain transactions between a benefit plan and a "party in interest." ERISA also provides for a scheme of civil and criminal penalties and enforcement. The Company is also subject to ERISA’s prohibited transaction rules for transactions with ERISA plans, which may affect its ability to, or the terms upon which it may, enter into transactions with those plans, even in businesses unrelated to those giving rise to party in interest status. The applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code are subject to enforcement by the DOL, the IRS and the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. Severe penalties are imposed for breach of duties under ERISA.

In April 2016, the DOL issued regulations expanding the definition of “investment advice” and broadening the circumstances under which distributors and manufacturers of insurance and annuity products could be considered “fiduciaries” and subject to certain standards in providing advice. These regulations were vacated effective June 2018. Thereafter, the DOL issued proposed regulatory action to address the vacated definition and issued final regulatory action on December 15, 2020. The DOL's final guidance confirms the reinstatement of the definition of “investment advice” that applied prior to 2016 but broadens the circumstances under which producers, including insurance producers, could be considered fiduciaries under ERISA in connection with recommendations to “rollover” assets from a qualified retirement plan to an IRA. This guidance reverses an earlier DOL interpretation suggesting that rollover advice did not constitute investment advice giving rise to a fiduciary relationship. In connection with the final regulatory action, the DOL issued a prohibited transaction class exemption that would allow fiduciaries to receive compensation in connection with providing investment advice, including advice about rollovers, that would otherwise be prohibited as a result of their fiduciary relationship to the ERISA Plan. In order to be eligible for the exemption, the investment advice fiduciary would be required, among other conditions, to acknowledge its fiduciary status, refrain from putting its own interests ahead of the plan beneficiaries' interests or making material misleading statements, act in accordance with ERISA's "prudent person" standard of care, and receive no more than reasonable compensation for the advice.

Table of Contents

SEC and State Fiduciary Standards

The SEC adopted Regulation Best Interest under the Exchange Act, which became effective on June 30, 2020, that establishes a standard of conduct for broker-dealers and associated persons of a broker-dealer when they make a recommendation to a retail customer of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities. Though Regulation Best Interest does not directly impact the sale of the Company’s non-registered annuity products, it will impact how some of the Company’s retail distribution partners monitor insurance sales and the sale of the Contracts. Regulation Best Interest enhances the broker-dealer standard of conduct and aligns the standard of conduct with retail customers’ reasonable expectations by requiring broker-dealers, among other things, to: act in the best interest of the retail customer at the time the recommendation is made, without placing the financial or other interest of the broker-dealer ahead of the interests of the retail customer; and address conflicts of interest by establishing, maintaining, and enforcing policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify and fully and fairly disclose material facts about conflicts of interest, and in certain identified areas where the SEC has determined that disclosure is insufficient to reasonably address the conflict, to mitigate or, in certain instances, eliminate the conflict. The standard of conduct established by Regulation Best Interest cannot always be satisfied through disclosure alone. It is possible that, as a result of the recent change in presidential administration, the SEC may revisit Regulation Best Interest and could, in the future, require a full fiduciary standard.

In addition, certain states, for example Massachusetts, Nevada, and New Jersey, have proposed measures that would make broker-dealers and sales agents subject to a fiduciary duty when providing products and services to customers. The Massachusetts Securities Division adopted a fiduciary duty rule applicable to broker-dealers when making recommendations concerning securities or investment strategies, effective September 1, 2020; however, consistent with the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, this rule does not apply to advice concerning commodities or insurance products, including life insurance and annuities. The SEC did not indicate an intent to preempt state regulation in this area, and some of the state proposals would allow for a private right of action. As a result of these changes, it is possible that it may become more costly for the Company to provide products and services in the states subject to the new rules.

The NAIC has adopted the Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation ("SAT"), which places responsibilities upon issuing insurance companies with respect to the suitability of annuity sales, including responsibilities for training agents. Many states, including the Domiciliary State, have already enacted laws and/or regulations based on SAT, thus imposing suitability standards with respect to sales of FIAs. On February 13, 2020, the NAIC adopted amendments to the SAT to incorporate a best interest standard with respect to the suitability of annuity sales. The amendments include a requirement for producers to act in the best interest of a retail customer when making a recommendation of an annuity. A producer is considered to have acted in the best interest of the customer if they have satisfied certain prescribed obligations regarding care, disclosure, conflict of interest and documentation. State adoption of these revisions, and any future changes in such laws and regulations, could adversely impact the way the Company markets and sells its annuity products. Iowa has adopted a version of the revised SAT that includes a best interest concept.

Policyholder Priorities

In the event of the impairment or insolvency of one of the Company, the commissioner, superintendent or director of the insurance department of the Domiciliary State will be authorized and directed to commence delinquency proceedings for the purpose of liquidating, rehabilitating, reorganizing or conserving the Company pursuant to applicable state insurance laws and regulations. In conducting delinquency proceedings, claims are prioritized and an order of distribution is specified pursuant to applicable state insurance laws and regulations. In the Domiciliary State, claims of general unsecured creditors would be subordinated to claims of the insurer’s policyholders and other claimants with priority in accordance with the priority-of-distribution scheme prescribed by applicable state insurance law.

Table of Contents

Properties

The Company’s headquarters is located in West Des Moines, Iowa and is owned by a non-insurance company subsidiary of AUSA, the Company’s indirect parent. The Company believes that this space will be sufficient for it to conduct its operations for the foreseeable future.

Legal Proceedings

The ~~[To~~Company and its insurance subsidiaries are subject to litigation arising in the ordinary course of their business, including litigation principally relating to their FIA business. The Company cannot provide any assurance that its insurance coverage or that of its insurance subsidiaries will be ~~added~~adequate byto ~~pre-effective~~cover ~~amendment~~all liabilities arising out of such claims.] The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against the Company or its insurance subsidiaries are subject to significant uncertainty. There is significant judgment required in assessing both the probability of an adverse outcome and the determination as to whether an exposure can be reasonably estimated. In management’s opinion, the ultimate disposition of any current legal proceedings or claims brought against the Company or its insurance subsidiaries will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Litigation is, however, inherently uncertain and an adverse outcome from such litigation could have a material effect on the operating results of a particular reporting period. Certain significant legal proceedings to which the Company or any of its insurance subsidiaries are currently a party are detailed below. In addition, from time to time, in the ordinary course of business and like others in the insurance and financial services industries, the Company and its insurance subsidiaries receive requests for information from government agencies in connection with such agencies’ regulatory or investigatory authority. Such requests can include financial or market conduct examinations, subpoenas or demand letters for documents to assist the government in audits or investigations. The Company and its insurance subsidiaries review such requests and notices and take appropriate action. The Company and its insurance subsidiaries have been subject to certain requests for information and investigations in the past and could be subject to them in the future.

Dispute Regarding COLI Investment

In 2000 and 2001, two insurance companies which were subsequently merged into the Company purchased broad based variable corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies from American General Life Insurance Company (“American General”). In January 2012, the COLI policy administrator delivered to the Company a supplement to the existing COLI policies and advised that American General and ZC Resource Investment Trust (“ZC Trust”) had unilaterally implemented changes set forth in the supplement that, if effective, would: (1) potentially negatively impact the crediting rate for the policies and (2) change the exit and surrender protocols set forth in the policies. In March 2013, the Company filed suit against American General, ZC Trust, and ZC Resource LLC in Chancery Court in Delaware, seeking, among other relief, a declaration that the changes set forth in the supplement were ineffectual and in breach of the parties’ agreement. The parties filed cross motions for judgment as a matter of law, and the court granted defendants’ motion and dismissed without prejudice on ripeness grounds. The issue that negatively impacts the crediting rate for one of the COLI policies has subsequently been triggered and, on April 3, 2018, the Company filed suit against the same defendants in Chancery Court in Delaware seeking substantially similar relief. Defendants moved to dismiss and the court heard oral arguments on February 13, 2019. The court issued an opinion on July 31, 2019 that did not address the merits, but found that the Chancery Court did not have jurisdiction over the Company's claims and directed the Company to either amend its complaint or transfer the matter to Delaware Superior Court. The matter has been transferred to the Delaware Superior Court. Defendants renewed their motion to dismiss and the Superior Court heard oral arguments on December, 18, 2019. The Superior Court issued an opinion on May 18, 2020 in which it granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion. The Superior Court denied defendants’ motion with respect to the issue that negatively impacts the crediting rate for one of the COLI policies, which issue proceeded to discovery. The Superior Court granted defendants’ motion and dismissed without prejudice on ripeness grounds claims related to the exit and surrender protocols set forth in the policies, and dismissed defendant ZC Resource LLC. If the supplement were to have been deemed effective, the purported changes to the policies could have impaired the Company's ability to access the value of guarantees associated with the policies. The parties engaged in discovery as well as discussions concerning whether the matter

Table of Contents

can be resolved without further litigation and, at the request of the parties, on August 11, 2021, the Superior Court entered an Amended Scheduling Order setting the trial date for June 2023. On December 27, 2021, the parties agreed in principle to a settlement, pursuant to which the Company will be able to surrender the policies at any time and receive proceeds within six months. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded an impairment of the COLI asset of $53 million, and an adjustment to deferred tax liabilities of $47 million, to reflect the terms of the settlement.

Regulatory Matters

From 2015 to 2018, the Company and certain of its insurance subsidiaries have experienced increased complaints related to the conversion and administration of the block of life insurance business acquired in connection with Athene’s acquisition of Aviva USA and reinsured to affiliates of Global Atlantic. The life insurance policies included in this block have been and are currently being administered by AllianceOne Inc. (“AllianceOne”), a subsidiary of DXC Technology Company, which was retained by such Global Atlantic affiliates to provide third party administration services on such policies. AllianceOne also administers a small block of annuity policies that were on Aviva USA’s legacy policy administration systems that were also converted in connection with the acquisition of Aviva USA and have experienced some similar service and administration issues, but to a lesser degree.

As a result of the difficulties experienced with respect to the administration of such policies, Athene has received notifications from several state regulators, including but not limited to the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “NYSDFS”), the California Department of Insurance (the “CDI”) and the Texas Department of Insurance (the “TDI”), indicating, in each case, that the respective regulator planned to undertake a market conduct examination or enforcement proceeding of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, as applicable, relating to the treatment of policyholders subject to Athene reinsurance agreements with affiliates of Global Atlantic and the conversion of the life and annuity policies, including the administration of such blocks by AllianceOne. Athene, the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries have entered into consent orders with several state regulators, including the NYSDFS, the CDI and the TDI, to resolve underlying matters in the respective states. All fines and costs, including those associated with remediation plans, paid in connection with the consent orders are subject to indemnification by Global Atlantic or affiliates of Global Atlantic.

Pursuant to the terms of the reinsurance agreements between Athene and the relevant affiliates of Global Atlantic, the applicable affiliates of Global Atlantic have financial responsibility for the ceded life block and are subject to significant administrative service requirements, including compliance with applicable law. The agreements also provide for indemnification to Athene, including for administration issues.

In addition to the examinations and proceedings initiated to date, it is possible that other regulators may pursue similar formal examinations, inquiries or enforcement proceedings and that any examinations, inquiries and/or enforcement proceedings may result in fines, administrative penalties and payments to policyholders. While the Company does not expect the amount of any such fines, penalties or payments arising from these matters to be material to its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, it is possible that such amounts could be material.

Table of Contents

Directors and Executive Officers

Below ~~[To~~is bea ~~added~~list byof ~~pre-effective~~the ~~amendment~~names and ages, as of March 31, 2022, of the directors and executive officers of the Company and a description of the business experience of each of the respective individuals.]


Name	Age	Position
Grant Kvalheim*	65	Chief Executive Officer, President and Director of the Company; Executive Vice President of Athene
William J. Wheeler**	60	President of Athene
Martin P. Klein	62	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Athene and Director of the Company
John L. Golden	42	Executive Vice President, Legal of the Company; Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Athene
Douglas Niemann	52	Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company and Athene
Tyler Goode***	35	Vice President, Controller and Treasurer of the Company
Christopher R. Welp	60	Executive Vice President, Insurance Operations and Director of the Company
Mitra Hormozi	53	Director
Lawrence Ruisi	73	Director
Francis P. Sabatini	75	Director
Hope Schefler Taitz	57	Director

* Effective April 1, 2022, Mr. Kvalheim assumed the role of President of Athene.
** Effective March 31, 2022, Mr. Wheeler transitioned to the role of Vice Chairman of Athene.
*** Effective March 31, 2022, Mr. Goode transitioned to the role of Vice President, Controller and Treasurer of the Company in connection with the transition of Travis Tweed, the Company's former Vice President, Controller and Treasurer until March 30, 2022, to the role as head of SOX for AGM.

The Company does not employ any of its executive officers, all of whom are employed by an affiliated service company and whose services are provided to the Company pursuant to a shared services agreement. Consequently, other than the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the Company, the determination of whether an officer of the Company is an executive officer is based on whether such officer is an executive officer of Athene, as determined by Athene's board of directors.

Executive Officers

Grant Kvalheim has served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company since December 2018, President of the Company since December 2016, a director of the Company since October 2013 and Chief Executive Officer of Athene USA since June 2015. Effective April 1, 2022, Mr. Kvalheim has served as President of Athene. Mr. Kvalheim served as President of Athene from January 2011 until September 2015, served as its Chief Financial Officer from January 2011 to April 2013 and served as a director of Athene from January 2012 until February 2014. Mr. Kvalheim is responsible for the oversight of Athene's U.S. operating companies with a focus on its retail annuity and funding agreement channels. Prior to joining the Company and Athene, Mr. Kvalheim was a senior executive at Barclays Capital Inc. (“Barclays”) from early 2001 to the end of 2007, becoming Co-President in September 2005. During his time at Barclays, he converted a European cash investment grade business into a leading global cash and derivatives business across both securitized and non-securitized credit products, and significantly expanded Barclays’ investment banking platform. Prior to joining Barclays, Mr. Kvalheim held senior executive positions in the investment banks of Deutsche Bank and Merrill Lynch. Mr. Kvalheim has a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Claremont McKenna College and a Master of Business Administration in finance from the University of Chicago. He currently serves on the boards of LIMRA, Mottahedeh & Co., Sol Health, United Way of

Table of Contents

Central Iowa, and the Greater Des Moines Partnership.

William J. Wheeler has served as the Vice Chairman of Athene since April 2022. Mr. Wheeler provides strategic advice to Athene's senior management as Athene executes its plan for future growth. Prior to assuming his current role at Athene, Mr. Wheeler served as Athene's President beginning in 2015. As President of Athene, Mr. Wheeler, together with Athene's Chief Executive Officer, was responsible for Athene's overall strategic direction. In particular, Mr. Wheeler oversaw all of Athene's distribution channels, which includes its retail and institutional channels, as well as its corporate development and risk activities. Prior to joining Athene, Mr. Wheeler was President of the Americas group for MetLife Inc. (“MetLife”) where he oversaw the insurance and retirement business in the United States and Latin America. Previously, Mr. Wheeler had been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at MetLife. Prior to joining MetLife, Mr. Wheeler was an investment banker at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. Mr. Wheeler has an AB from Wabash College, where he is now a member of the board of trustees, and an MBA from Harvard Business School. He currently serves on the boards of Evercore Inc., Athora Holding Ltd. and VA Capital Company LLC.

Martin P. Klein has served as a director of the Company since December 2015. Mr. Klein has also served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Athene since November 2015 and serves as a director of several of Athene's insurance subsidiaries. Mr. Klein is responsible for overseeing Athene's financial management, including its enterprise finance, reporting, tax, actuarial and internal audit functions. He also helps develop and execute strategic operating decisions across Athene. Prior to joining the Company and Athene, Mr. Klein was employed by Genworth Financial, Inc. (“Genworth”) from May 2011 through October 2015, where he most recently served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and also served as Genworth’s Acting President & Chief Executive Officer during most of 2012. Prior to joining Genworth in 2011, Mr. Klein served as a Managing Director and Senior Relationship Manager at Barclays, after its acquisition of the U.S. operations of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (“Lehman Brothers”). Mr. Klein joined Lehman Brothers in 1998, where he served as a Managing Director and the head of the Insurance &e Pension Solutions Group. Prior to Lehman Brothers, Mr. Klein had been with Zurich Insurance Group from 1994 to 1998 as Managing Director of Zurich Investment Management. Prior to Zurich, Mr. Klein served in finance and actuarial roles in other insurance organizations early in his career. Mr. Klein currently serves on the board of Caritas, a non-profit organization in Richmond, Virginia. Mr. Klein is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a Chartered Financial Analyst. He received his Bachelor of Arts in mathematics and business administration from Hope College and a Master of Science in statistics and actuarial sciences from the University of Iowa.

John L. Golden has served as Executive Vice President, Legal of the Company since December 2014. In addition, he has served as Athene's Executive Vice President and General Counsel since December 2014 and is responsible for overseeing the legal, compliance and government relations departments, ensuring compliance with laws and regulations and developing effective legal strategies to protect Athene's interests. Prior to joining Athene, Mr. Golden was an attorney at Sidley Austin LLP (“Sidley”). At Sidley, he represented a variety of financial institutions in connection with all aspects of their businesses such as corporate transactions, securities offerings, regulatory and compliance, enforcement matters and employment matters. Prior to Sidley, he worked for Fisher Investments and IBM Corporation. He received his Juris Doctor from the University of California, Los Angeles and a Bachelor of Science in Operations Management/Information Systems from Santa Clara University. Mr. Golden is admitted to the State Bar of California.

Douglas Niemann has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of both the Company and Athene since May 2020. Mr. Niemann is responsible for overseeing Athene's enterprise risk management functions, as well as providing key support in connection with strategic operating decisions across Athene. Mr. Niemann brings over 25 years of experience and expertise in risk management related to insurance. Prior to joining Athene, Mr. Niemann was the Senior Managing Director of Investment Management and Chief Investment Risk Officer for Guardian Life Insurance Company. Before joining Guardian Life Insurance Company, he was the Managing Director and Chief Investment Strategist of Global Insurance Solutions at JP Morgan Asset Management and served as the Managing Director and Head of Asset Liability Management at AIG Asset Management. He also held the positions of Head of Investment and Financial Risk and Head of Group Risk Modeling at Zurich Financial Services.

Table of Contents

Mr. Niemann has an MBA in Risk Management and Insurance as well as Finance, Investments and Banking from the University of Wisconsin Madison School of Business and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Northwestern University in Evanston, Illinois.

Tyler Goode has served as Controller and Treasurer of the Company since March 2022. Mr. Goode joined Athene in October 2015 as Manager, Actuarial of AUSA and served in that role as Senior Manager and then Director until June 2019. Mr. Goode then served as Director, Finance of AUSA from July 2019 until May 2020, and VP, Finance Implementation of AUSA from June 2020 until March 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Goode served as a manager in the Financial Accounting Advisory Services practice at Ernst & Young LLP, where he serviced a number of global insurance companies. Mr. Goode is a Certified Public Accountant and received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Finance and Accounting from the University of Iowa.

Christopher R. Welp has served as Executive Vice President, Insurance Operations of the Company since

December 2014 and a director of the Company since December 2016. Mr. Welp is also the Executive Vice

President, Insurance Operations and a director of AUSA. Prior to joining the Company and its affiliates, Mr. Welp

served as the Executive Vice President, Insurance Operations of Aviva USA. Prior to Aviva USA, Mr. Welp held

progressive roles in tax, finance and operations at ING (now known as Voya Financial), culminating with him being

named chief operating officer of ING’s retail annuity business. Prior to that, Mr. Welp spent seven years with Ernst

& Young. Mr. Welp is a certified public accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He has a Bachelor's degree in Business Administration and Accounting from the University of Iowa.

Directors

Mitra Hormozi has served as a director of the Company since December 2018. Ms. Hormozi has also served as director of Athene since December 2018 and is the chair of its legal and regulatory committee. Ms. Hormozi is also a director of a number of Athene’s US subsidiaries. Ms. Hormozi was Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Revlon, Inc. from April 2015 to July 2019, where she was responsible for overseeing Revlon’s legal affairs worldwide. Ms. Hormozi has extensive experience in both the public and private sectors of the legal field. Prior to joining Revlon in April 2015, she was a litigation partner at two major law firms from 2011 to 2015 and served as Deputy Chief of Staff to then New York State Attorney General, Andrew Cuomo. She also served as an Assistant United States Attorney prosecuting high profile complex racketeering cases in the Eastern District of New York. She has also previously served on the board of directors of Revlon. Ms. Hormozi received a Bachelor of Arts in history from the University of Michigan and a Juris Doctor from the New York University School of Law.

Lawrence J. Ruisi has served as a director of the Company since December 2017. Mr. Ruisi has also served as a director of Athene since 2013 and is the chair of Athene’s audit committee and is a member of Athene’s risk committee. Mr. Ruisi is also a director of a number of Athene's other US subsidiaries. As an operating executive, Mr. Ruisi has held various senior level positions in the entertainment business, including President and Chief Executive Officer of Loews Cineplex Entertainment Corporation and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Columbia Pictures Entertainment. As a non-executive, Mr. Ruisi has served on numerous boards including Hughes Communications Inc., UST Inc., InnKeepers USA Trust, Wyndham International, Inc. and Adaptec, Inc. During his tenure on those boards, Mr. Ruisi has been Chairman of various audit committees, named designated financial expert and served on both compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees. Mr. Ruisi was Chairman of the Independent Committee of the board of InnKeepers, which oversaw its restructuring, and was Chairman of Special Committees at both Wyndham and Adaptec. Mr. Ruisi began his career at Price Waterhouse & Co., where he was a Senior Manager. He is a Certified Public Accountant and received a Bachelor of Science degree in accounting and a Master of Business Administration in finance from St. John’s University. Mr. Ruisi is currently an adjunct professor of accounting at St. John’s University.

Francis P. Sabatini has served as a director of the Company since October 2013. Mr. Sabatini has over 40 years of industry and advisory experience in insurance and actuarial services. He specialized in fixed, variable and indexed annuity product development, pricing and management. Mr. Sabatini’s previous employers include Ernst & Young, Connecticut Mutual Life, and Equitable Life Assurance. He has served on numerous boards and councils including CERA Global Association and Society of Actuaries. Mr. Sabatini has been a frequent speaker at industry

Table of Contents

meetings, and is a published author of trade articles. He graduated Summa Cum Laude from the Pratt Institute with a B.S. in Mathematics.

Hope Schefler Taitz has served as a director of the Company since October 2013. Ms. Taitz has also served as a director of Athene and its subsidiary, ALRe, since 2011, and is a member of Athene’s risk, legal and regulatory, and conflicts committees. Ms. Taitz is also a director of a number of Athene’s other US subsidiaries. Ms. Taitz has served as the CEO of ELY Capital since 2014 and is the chairperson and CEO of Aequi Acquisition Corp since 2020. Now acting as an investor and advisor with expertise in media, technology and the consumer, she helps innovative enterprises grow through financial leadership and connections to established corporations. Ms. Taitz also currently serves on the boards of MidCap Finco Holdings Limited and Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. She has previously served on the boards of Apollo Residential Mortgage, Inc., Greenlight Capital Re, Ltd., Diamond International Resorts, Inc., as well as Lumenis Ltd. From 1995 to 2003, Ms. Taitz was Managing Partner of Catalyst Partners, L.P., a money management firm. From 1990 to 1992, Ms. Taitz was a Vice President at The Argosy Group (now part of the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce) specializing in financial restructuring before becoming a Managing Director at Crystal Asset Management, from 1992 to 1995. From 1986 to 1990, Ms. Taitz was at Drexel Burnham Lambert, first as a mergers and acquisitions analyst and then as an associate in the leveraged buyout group. She is a founding executive member of YRF Darca, an emeritus board member of Pencils of Promise, and a member of the undergraduate executive board of The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Ms. Taitz is a former board member of Girls Who Code and is now a board member of the New York City Foundation for Computer Science. Ms. Taitz graduated with honors from the University of Pennsylvania with a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics.

Executive Compensation

As ~~[To~~of beDecember ~~added~~31, 2021, the Company did not employ any executive officers, but rather was provided such personnel by ~~pre~~Athene’s indirect wholly-~~effective~~owned ~~amendment~~subsidiary AES pursuant to the Shared Services and Cost Sharing Agreement, dated January 1, 2020, among the Company and various other subsidiaries of Athene (the “Shared Services Agreement”).] See “Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons” for more information about the Shared Services Agreement. As a result, for the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company did not determine or directly pay any compensation to its executive officers or additional personnel provided to the Company by Athene through the Shared Services Agreement for the Company’s operations. Athene, acting directly or through a subsidiary other than the Company, determined and paid the salaries, bonuses and other compensation earned by the Company’s executive officers and by additional personnel provided to the Company by Athene. Athene also determined whether and to what extent the Company’s executive officers and additional personnel were provided with benefits pursuant to employee benefit plans. The Company did not have employment agreements with its executive officers and did not provide pension or retirement benefits, perquisites or other personal benefits to its executive officers.

62Consequently, other than the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the Company, the determination of whether an officer of the Company is an executive officer is based on whether such officer is an executive officer of Athene, as determined by Athene's board of directors.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”)

Impact of Merger Agreement

The Merger Agreement provides for the treatment described below of outstanding equity awards, including those grants made in 2021. While the consummation of the Mergers impacted the outstanding equity awards as described below, this CD&A describes the original terms of the 2021 grants, without taking into consideration the impact of the Mergers as the Mergers were not consummated as of December 31, 2021.

Athene equity awards outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Mergers were generally subject to the following treatment:

• each stock option, whether vested or unvested, was converted into a number of options of AGM (“AGM Options”) (rounded down to the nearest whole share of Class A common stock of AGM (each, an “AGM share”)) equal to the product of (1) the exchange ratio multiplied by (2) the number of Class

Table of Contents

A common shares of Athene (each, an “Athene share”) subject to such option immediately prior to the effective time of the AHL Merger (rounded down to the nearest whole share), with an exercise price equal to the quotient of (x) the exercise price of such option divided by (y) the exchange ratio (rounded up to the nearest whole cent). Each such AGM Option is otherwise subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the related option immediately prior to the effective time of the AHL Merger (including any accelerated vesting in connection with a termination of service);

• each restricted share award (“RSA”), whether vested or not vested, was converted into a number of restricted shares of AGM (“AGM RSAs”) (rounded down to the nearest whole AGM share) equal to (1) the exchange ratio multiplied by (2) the number of Athene shares subject to such RSA immediately prior to the effective time of the AHL Merger; provided, that in the case of any RSA that was subject to performance-based vesting conditions (“AHL Variable RSA”), (A) for purposes of clause (2) above, the number of Athene shares in respect of such AHL Variable RSA immediately prior to the effective time of the AHL Merger was based on the applicable target level of performance and (B) the AGM RSAs are subject only to the time vesting conditions that applied to the AHL Variable RSA and are scheduled to vest at the end of the applicable performance period. Each such AGM RSA is otherwise subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the related RSA immediately prior to the effective time of the AHL Merger (including any accelerated vesting in connection with a termination of service); and

• each restricted share unit award (“RSU”) was converted into a number of restricted share units of AGM (“AGM RSUs”) (rounded down to the nearest whole AGM share) equal to (1) the exchange ratio multiplied by (2) the number of Athene shares subject to such RSU immediately prior to the effective time of the AHL Merger; provided, that in the case of any RSU that was subject to performance-based vesting conditions (“AHL Variable RSU”), (A) for purposes of clause (2) above, the number of Athene shares in respect of such AHL Variable RSU immediately prior to the effective time of the AHL Merger was based on the applicable target level of performance and (B) the AGM RSUs are subject only to the time vesting conditions that applied to the AHL Variable RSU and are scheduled to vest at the end of the applicable performance period. Each such AGM RSU is otherwise subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable under the related RSU immediately prior to the effective time of the AHL Merger (including any accelerated vesting in connection with a termination of service).

In addition, the Merger Agreement included certain interim operating covenants that Athene was required to follow, including, among others, a covenant that restricted increasing compensation or benefits to directors and senior officers of Athene between signing and closing of the Mergers. In connection with the Mergers, certain compensation scheduled to be paid to certain Athene employees in early 2022 was accelerated and paid in December 2021, including RSU awards that were scheduled to vest on January 1, 2022. Finally, following the closing of the Mergers, AGM awarded a total of approximately $24 million of AGM RSUs to certain existing senior officers of Athene, including each of the Company's NEOs other than Mr. Tweed. Each award is fully vested but subject to a delayed delivery schedule over a multi-year period and compliance with restrictive covenants.

Following the closing of the AHL Merger, the compensation committee of Athene’s board of directors (the "Compensation Committee") was dissolved and its remaining functions and responsibilities were assumed by the executive committee of Athene’s board of directors. As noted above, because this CD&A describes Athene’s compensation program in place during 2021, this CD&A describes the role of the former Compensation Committee in setting executive compensation and the role of the executive committee of Athene’s board of directors for post-Mergers compensation decisions as they relate to 2021, such as bonus determinations.

As stated above, the Company's executive officers, including its named executive officers ("NEOs"), are compensated by Athene, acting directly or through a subsidiary other than the Company. Because the NEOs also have responsibilities with Athene and/or other Athene subsidiaries, each NEO allocates a percentage of his total time spent devoted to the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the amounts in this CD&A reflect the total compensation paid by Athene and do not take into account any percentage of time allocated to the Company. The NEOs for 2021 are as follows:

Table of Contents


Executive						Title
Grant Kvalheim						Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company; Executive Vice President of Athene*
William J. Wheeler						President of Athene**
Martin P. Klein						Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Athene
John L. Golden						Executive Vice President, Legal of the Company; Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Athene
Travis Tweed						Vice President, Controller and Treasurer of the Company***

* Effective April 1, 2022, Mr. Kvalheim assumed the role of President of Athene.
** Effective March 31, 2022, Mr. Wheeler transitioned to the role of Vice Chairman of Athene
***Mr. Tweed served as Vice President, Controller and Treasurer of the Company until March 30, 2022.

Compensation Framework

Goals, Principles and Process

The Compensation Committee believed that Athene's executive compensation program should reward actions and behaviors that support policyholder protection, drive long-term and profitable revenue growth, and create sustainable shareholder value. The Compensation Committee sought to foster these objectives through a compensation program that focused on increasing Athene's executives’ personal interest in Athene's growth and success through performance-based annual incentive awards and ownership of Class A common shares of Athene. Athene believes that these awards created a balanced focus on its short-term and long-term strategic and financial goals. Athene's 2021 executive compensation program was designed to:

•attract, retain and motivate high-performing talent;

•reward outstanding performance;

•align executive compensation elements with both short-term and long-term company performance; and

•align the interests of executives with those of Athene's stakeholders.

For 2021, the Compensation Committee had the responsibility for overseeing and approving the compensation of all of Athene's executive officers. The Compensation Committee also received input from the Compensation Committee’s independent compensation consultant and recommendations from Athene's Chief Executive Officer, James R. Belardi, regarding the compensation arrangements for Athene executive officers other than himself. None of the NEOs participated in the determination of their own compensation.

In late 2020, the Compensation Committee conducted a review of Athene's executive compensation program, with the assistance of the Compensation Committee’s independent compensation consultant, Willis Towers Watson. Willis Towers Watson provided input on Athene's overall incentive design and a benchmarking analysis with respect to its executive officer compensation program. When setting 2021 NEO compensation, the Compensation Committee considered survey data for Insurance companies within Willis Towers Watson's Financial Services database (Insurance industry survey), as well as compensation data from a group of peer companies (the “Peer Group”) to evaluate compensation arrangements against those of Athene. The companies in the Peer Group were selected based on one or more of the following characteristics: similar in size to Athene; the companies are industry competitors; or the companies are considered a source of talent. Even though some of the Peer Group companies have larger revenues and market capitalization than Athene, the Compensation Committee determined that each company was an appropriate peer based on such company being an industry competitor or a source of talent, as well as Athene’s recent and potential future growth. The Peer Group used to evaluate 2021 compensation decisions consisted of the following ten publicly-traded financial services companies:

Table of Contents


Ameriprise Financial, Inc.			Principal Financial Group, Inc.
Brighthouse Financial			Prudential Financial, Inc.
Equitable Holdings, Inc.			Reinsurance Group of America
Globe Life Inc.			Unum Group
Lincoln National Corporation			Voya Financial, Inc.

While the Compensation Committee considered compensation between the 50th and 75th percentile of the Peer Group when setting executive compensation, it did not believe it appropriate to establish compensation levels based only on market practices. The Compensation Committee believed that compensation decisions are complex and required a deliberate review of Athene's performance and peer compensation levels. The factors that influenced the amount of compensation awarded included market competition for a particular position, an individual’s experience and past performance inside or outside Athene, compensation history, role and responsibilities within Athene, tenure with Athene and associated institutional knowledge, long-term potential with Athene, contributions derived from creative and innovative thinking and leadership, industry expertise, past and future performance objectives and the value of the position within Athene.

In addition to executive compensation consulting services, Willis Towers Watson provided other services during 2021 relating to: (1) investment, risk and reinsurance, (2) human capital and benefits, and (3) corporate risk and brokerage. The executive committee of Athene's board of directors assessed the independence of Willis Towers Watson pursuant to SEC rules and concluded that Willis Towers Watson’s work did not raise any conflict of interest.

2021 Compensation Elements

Base Salary

Base salaries for the NEOs are determined annually, based on a number of factors, including the size, scope and impact of their role, the market value associated with their role, leadership skills, length of service, and individual performance and contributions.

Annual Incentive Awards

As further discussed below in “ —2021 Compensation Decisions,” in 2021, Athene granted annual cash incentive awards to the NEOs based on the achievement of financial, operational and personal objectives. These objectives were communicated to the NEOs at the beginning of the year, and the Compensation Committee determined the amount of the awards based on performance against those objectives. The annual incentive award payout for each NEO was subject to a personal performance modifier that allowed for an adjustment in payout based on a holistic assessment of each NEO’s individual performance.

In addition, the portion of the annual incentive award payout that was based on corporate financial and operational goals could have been overridden to 0% for the NEOs at the discretion of the risk and compensation committees of Athene's board of directors in the event of a material breach of a risk threshold, but only to the extent such breach was not approved by Athene's board of directors or its risk committee in advance, or waived by Athene's board of directors or risk committee in retrospect.

Long-Term Incentive Awards

In general, Athene's long-term incentive compensation program was designed to recognize the scope of an individual’s responsibilities, reward demonstrated performance and leadership, further align the interests of award recipients with those of Athene's shareholders and retain award recipients through the vesting period. Important factors in determining the amount of grants awarded to each NEO included the size of past grant amounts, individual performance and expected future contributions to Athene.

Table of Contents

The 2021 long-term incentive awards to Athene executive officers, other than Mr. Tweed, were comprised of 50% performance-based restricted share units or restricted share awards ("Performance Awards"), 25% time-based RSUs and 25% time-based stock options, determined based on target grant date value. Mr. Tweed's 2021 long-term incentive awards were comprised of 50% Performance Awards and 50% time-based RSUs, determined based on target grant date value. The form and annual amount of the long-term incentive awards for Athene executive officers were determined by the Compensation Committee with input from Willis Towers Watson. Athene used grants of stock options to focus its executives on delivering long-term value to shareholders because options have intrinsic value only to the extent that the price of Athene's stock on the date of exercise exceeds the stock price on the grant date. Athene also used stock options to retain executives, since the stock options were scheduled to vest ratably over a three-year period, provided the recipient remained employed through the applicable vesting date. Athene believes that time-based RSUs further aligned the interests of its executives with those of its shareholders and also served to retain executives, as these RSUs also were scheduled to vest ratably over a three-year period, provided the recipient remained employed through the applicable vesting date.

Athene used Performance Awards to motivate its executives to achieve pre-established performance goals designed to be aligned with shareholder value creation and to retain our executives, as recipients were generally required to remain employed with Athene through the three-year performance period. The Performance Awards included in the 2021 long-term incentive award program were scheduled to vest and be payable following the three-year performance period (2021-2023) only if Athene achieves specified goals based on two equally weighted performance metrics: cumulative adjusted operating income and adjusted book value per share for the three-year performance period. The target levels of these goals were designed to be challenging but reasonably achievable with strong management performance.

Athene Plan Points

On February 18, 2020, Messrs. Kvalheim, Wheeler, Klein and Golden as well as certain other members of Athene's senior management were granted limited partner interests in a newly authorized subsidiary of Athene (Athene Plan LP) in the form of “Athene Plan Points.” Each Athene Plan Point generally represents the right to participate in 1/1500th of the carried interest received by Apollo ADIP Advisors, L.P. ("ADIP GP") from the Apollo/Athene Dedicated Investment Program (“ADIP”). Athene Plan Points represent incentive compensation in connection with, and based on the performance of, ADIP. Athene believes these grants further align award recipients with its strategic objective to deploy excess capital at attractive risk-adjusted returns across its various liability channels and, in particular, Athene believes that the efforts of its personnel who will be receiving these allocations are critical to achieving a successful, risk-adjusted return at ADIP and Athene Co-Invest Reinsurance Affiliate 1A Ltd. (“ACRA”). In addition, these grants provide a key retention tool for personnel who are deemed key to the success of ADIP and ACRA, and therefore key to Athene's success more broadly.

ALRe is the general partner of Athene Plan LP. Athene Plan LP is a limited partner in the ADIP GP and entitled to one-third of the carried interest allocated to the ADIP GP from ADIP. The value of the carried interest is calculated in a manner customarily used in the investment fund industry and is based on a percentage of the total returns on ADIP’s capital after ADIP investors receive a preferred return. Distributions (other than tax distributions) will not be made with respect to Athene Plan Points until ADIP has returned contributed capital to its limited partners and made distributions in excess of a specified performance return. Any distributions made with respect to Athene Plan Points are expected to be paid in cash.

A participant’s Athene Plan Points are treated as fully vested for purposes of receiving distributions while the participant remains employed by Athene or its affiliates. Upon a termination of employment (other than for cause), a participant will be eligible to retain up to a maximum of 75% of the participant's Athene Plan Points, with the actual number of Athene Plan Points retained to be determined based on a five-year monthly vesting schedule beginning on October 1, 2019, the date the ACRA joint venture began.

Table of Contents

A participant will forfeit all of the participant's Athene Plan Points upon a termination for cause or upon a breach of applicable confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or other post-separation covenants.

Amounts will be reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the year in which distributions are made to the holders of Athene Plan Points. There were no additional Athene Plan Points granted to the NEOs during 2021 and no distributions made with respect to Athene Plan Points during 2021.

Other Compensation Practices

Use of Corporate Aircraft

Athene uses corporate aircraft for efficiency and business planning purposes. Personal use of corporate aircraft is subject to a formal policy approved by the Compensation Committee that sets forth the criteria and procedures applicable to its use. There was no personal use of corporate aircraft by any NEO during 2021.

Review of Compensation Policies and Practices Related to Risk Management

Effective risk management is central to Athene's success, and compensation is carefully designed to be consistent with Athene's risk management framework and controls. If Athene's performance is obtained in a manner inconsistent with this framework or these controls, the Compensation Committee had the discretion, with input from Athene's risk committee, if necessary, to decrease or not award any bonuses to the NEOs who are executive officers of Athene. In addition, the performance objectives for the Chief Risk Officer of Athene and the other employees in Athene's risk management function are based in part on the effectiveness of Athene's risk management policies and procedures. Athene has determined that the risks arising from its compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Athene. This compensation risk assessment was conducted with the assistance of the Chief Risk Officer of Athene and other employees in Athene's risk management function.

2021 Compensation Decisions

Base Salary

In 2021, Mr. Kvalheim's base salary increased from $750,000 in 2020 to $800,000, Mr. Golden's base salary increased from $475,000 in 2020 to $525,000, and Mr. Tweed's base salary increased from $193,000 to $224,100. These base salary increases were a result of market adjustments as well as strong individual performance and substantial contribution to the Company's overall performance from each of these executives in fiscal year 2020. The other NEOs’ base salaries in 2021 remain unchanged from the 2020 levels.

Annual Incentive Awards

The NEO annual incentive awards in 2021 for the NEOS other than Mr. Tweed were based on a combination of five overall corporate financial and operational goals of Athene, which comprised 75% of the award, and individualized performance goals, which comprised the other 25% of the award. For Mr. Tweed, individualized performance goals comprised 100% of his 2021 annual incentive award. For 2021, the Compensation Committee established target incentive award opportunities of approximately 190%, 124%, 188%, 132% and 40% of base salary for Messrs. Kvalheim, Wheeler, Klein, Golden and Tweed, respectively. Each NEO was eligible for a total annual incentive award payout ranging from 0% to 200% of such NEO’s target award opportunity, with a payout range of 0% to 168% for the corporate performance component of the incentive award.

Table of Contents

The corporate performance measurements, their respective weightings, 2021 performance and achievement with respect to these measurements, and payout level are set forth below. Athene believes the targets were designed to be reasonably achievable with strong management performance and the coordinated, cross-functional focus and effort of the NEOs, and did not reflect unrealistic targets that may encourage excessive risk-taking. The targets for the corporate financial and operational measures were determined in relation to Athene's internal business plan for the year.


Objectives	Weight		Measurement	Target	2021 Performance	Payout Level
Overall profitability	35	%	Adjusted operating income(1)	$1.490B	$2.472B	200	%
Expense management	15	%	Expense targets(2)	—	Exceeded	129	%
Organic growth	10	%	Organic deposits(3)	$22.55 – 25.55B	$36.377B	150	%
New business profitability	15	%	Underwritten returns(4)	—	Exceeded	150	%
Capital	25	%	Excess equity capital generation(5)	—	Exceeded	150	%

(1) Adjusted operating income is based on net income adjusted for certain investment gains/losses, change in fair values of derivatives and embedded derivatives, certain non-operating expenses, stock compensation expense, bargain purchase gain, and income tax benefit/loss, as described more fully in the Athene’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the SEC. For purposes of determining the NEO annual incentive awards in 2021, adjusted operating income excluded the return on shares of AGM and certain of its affiliates that collectively comprise the Apollo Operating Group ("AOG") and was adjusted for the impact of certain material transactions undertaken during 2021 that were not included in Athene’s 2021 financial plan.
(2) Represents consolidated operating expenses included in operating income, including the impact of ACRA’s non-controlling interest, adjusted for M&A, long-term incentive program, bonus accrual variances in relation to target, and the impact of any material transactions undertaken.
(3) Organic deposits include retail independent marketing organization (“IMO”), retail financial institution, funding agreements, pension group annuities and flow reinsurance.
(4) Underwritten returns on retail IMO, retail financial institution, funding agreements, pension risk transfer and flow reinsurance.
(5) Increase in excess equity capital, with adjustments including, but not limited to, variance to Athene’s 2021 financial plan for the impact of AOG shares, preferred stock issuances, debt issuances, inorganic transactions, and certain other uses.

Based on Athene's 2021 performance with respect to these five objectives, the payout level was 164% of the corporate target opportunity. Total amounts of awards were also based on the assessment of individual performance factors. These personal objectives were designed to generally align with Athene’s strategic and operating initiatives (both short-term and long-term) and included goals relating to execution on key strategic initiatives, leadership and team-related objectives and other objectives tied to the executives’ areas of responsibilities. In addition, the annual incentive award payout for each NEO was subject to a personal performance modifier that allowed for an adjustment in payout based on a holistic assessment of each NEO’s individual performance. The payout amounts are reported under “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the 2021 Summary Compensation Table.

Equity and Long-Term Incentive Awards

The Compensation Committee determined the value of 2021 annual long-term incentive awards for the NEOs based on competitive market data, input from the Committee’s Compensation consultant, Willis Towers Watson, and Athene's overall philosophy of aligning pay with performance. The total target value of these long-term incentive awards for each NEO was allocated among the awards as follows: approximately 50% of the target value in Performance Awards, 25% of the target value in time-based RSUs and 25% of the target value in stock options. The target values of the 2021 long-term incentive awards granted to the NEOs were increased from 2020 levels based on market adjustments and individual performance and are shown in the following table (the target values reported in this table may differ from the value reported in the compensation tables that follow because the value of equity awards reported in the compensation tables that follow are based on the grant date fair value determined in accordance with applicable accounting rules and, in the case of Performance Awards, the probability of achieving the underlying performance goal at the time of grant):

Table of Contents


Named Executive Officer	Time-Based Stock Options	Time-Based RSUs	Performance Awards	Total
Grant Kvalheim	$ 525,000	$ 525,000	$ 1,050,000	$ 2,100,000
William J. Wheeler	$ 562,500	$ 562,500	$ 1,125,000	$ 2,250,000
Martin P. Klein	$ 487,500	$ 487,500	$ 975,000	$ 1,950,000
John L. Golden	$ 250,000	$ 250,000	$ 500,000	$ 1,000,000
Travis Tweed	$ 0	$ 25,000	$ 25,000	$ 50,000

2019 Long-Term Incentive Program Results and Payouts

Under the terms of the performance awards granted as part of the 2019 long-term incentive program, 2021 represented the final year of the three-year performance period for the 2019 performance awards. The 2019 performance awards were granted in the form of performance-based RSAs for Messrs. Kvalheim, Wheeler and Klein and in the form of performance-based RSUs for Messrs. Golden and Tweed. The 2019 performance awards vested based on the attainment of performance goals relating to average annual adjusted operating return on equity (ROE), cumulative adjusted operating income and adjusted book value per share during the 2019-2021 performance period, with each goal weighted equally in the determination of the vesting level. These performance goals were set in 2019 based on Athene's strategic plans at the time with target levels designed to be challenging but reasonably achievable with strong management performance. Based on performance, participants were eligible to receive a payout ranging from 0% – 150% of target, with a threshold payout opportunity equal to 50% of target.

Table of Contents

The threshold, target and maximum payout opportunities and the performance metrics under the 2019 performance awards were as follows:


	2019-2021 Performance Goals
	Annual Adjusted Operating ROE (3 year average)		Adjusted Operating Income (3 year cumulative)		Adjusted Book Value Per Share (3 year ending value)
	Performance	Payout	Performance	Payout	Performance	Payout
Threshold	12.0%	50%	$3,800M	50%	$64.50	50%
Target	14.5%	100%	$4,900M	100%	$69.60	100%
Maximum	17.0%	150%	$5,800M	150%	$74.70	150%

As disclosed above, under the terms of the Merger Agreement, all performance awards, including the 2019 performance awards, were converted into corresponding AGM equity awards based on the target level of performance with continued vesting on the same schedule as the original awards. As a result, the vesting level for the 2019 performance awards was 100% of target. The table below sets forth the target number of shares subject to the 2019 performance awards and the number of shares earned based on target level performance during the 2019 – 2021 performance period.


Named Executive Officer	2019 Target Shares (#)*	Shares Earned under 2019 Performance Awards (#)*
Grant Kvalheim	23,690	23,690
William J. Wheeler	27,075	27,075
Martin P. Klein	23,013	23,013
John L. Golden	12,183	12,183
Travis Tweed	677	677

Cash Bonus Awards

In 2020, the Compensation Committee re-evaluated Athene's executive compensation program and, in particular, Athene's long-term incentive program to assess whether it continued to support Athene's compensation objectives of attracting, retaining and motivating high-performing talent and rewarding outstanding performance. The Compensation Committee determined that the incentive and retentive elements for participants in Athene's long-term incentive program were diminished given Athene's approach of setting target performance goals under its current long-term incentive program at levels that required stretch performance as well as the extraordinary and unanticipated impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on its operating results.

In evaluating Athene's compensation program and its alignment with its compensation objectives, the Compensation Committee noted that Athene had outperformed its peer group companies on key business metrics relating to net invested assets, adjusted operating income and adjusted book value per share, measured on a compound annual growth rate basis from 2015 through the third quarter of 2020. Based on this performance and factoring in the diminished retentive and incentive elements associated with Athene's long-term incentive program, which included a 2018 performance award payout of approximately 65% in 2021, in February 2021, the Compensation Committee determined that it was appropriate to reward all employees who were awarded 2018 performance awards, including each of the continuing NEOs, a supplemental cash bonus award with half of the award paid in March 2021 and the remaining half paid in January 2022, subject to the NEO’s continued employment with Athene in good standing through the vesting date. Pursuant to these awards, the NEOs received aggregate cash bonus awards as follows: Mr. Kvalheim, $142,332; Mr. Wheeler, $251,201; Mr. Klein, $167,452; Mr. Golden, $66,972; and Mr. Tweed, $5,836. In determining the amounts for each eligible participant, the Compensation Committee considered Athene's desired pay positioning of compensating its executive officers between the 50th and 75th percentile of the Peer Group as well as the compensation received by the recipients through Athene's other compensation vehicles, including consideration of what the payout would have been under the 2018 performance awards if the awards had vested at target payout level. The amounts of these awards paid in March 2021 are

Table of Contents

included in the bonus column of the "2021 Summary Compensation Table." In addition, in connection with the Mergers, Mr. Golden received the remaining portion of his award in late 2021, which is also reflected in the bonus column of the "2021 Summary Compensation Table.”

Table of Contents

2021 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information concerning compensation earned by the NEOs for 2021 and, to the extent required by applicable SEC compensation disclosure rules, 2020 and 2019.


Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary		Bonus(1)		Stock Awards(2)		Option Awards(3)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation(4)		All Other Compensation(5)		Total
Grant Kvalheim Chief Executive Officer and President	2021	$	800,000	$	71,166	$	1,575,033	$	525,002	$	2,700,000	$	143,709	$	5,814,910
	2020	$	750,000	$	—	$	1,312,593	$	1,235,373	$	1,650,000	$	109,624	$	5,057,590
	2019	$	750,000	$	—	$	1,223,289	$	437,509	$	1,550,000	$	115,173	$	4,075,971
William J. Wheeler President of Athene (until March 31, 2022)	2021	$	1,275,000	$	125,600	$	1,687,528	$	562,501	$	2,592,840	$	17,400	$	6,260,869
	2020	$	1,275,000	$	—	$	1,500,049	$	7,450,002	$	1,752,188	$	19,296	$	11,996,535
	2019	$	1,250,000	$	—	$	1,398,053	$	500,006	$	1,752,188	$	18,642	$	4,918,889
Martin P. Klein Chief Financial Officer of Athene	2021	$	650,000	$	83,726	$	1,462,537	$	487,504	$	2,004,080	$	99,569	$	4,787,416
	2020	$	650,000	$	—	$	1,275,062	$	1,126,138	$	1,359,475	$	96,799	$	4,507,474
	2019	$	650,000	$	—	$	1,188,352	$	425,006	$	1,359,475	$	120,205	$	3,743,038
John L. Golden Executive Vice President, Legal	2021	$	525,000	$	66,972	$	750,064	$	250,009	$	1,353,452	$	17,400	$	2,962,897
John L. Golden Executive Vice President, Legal	2020	$	475,000	$	—	$	675,062	$	225,002	$	690,000	$	17,100	$	2,082,164
Travis Tweed Vice President, Controller and Treasurer (until March 30, 2022)	2021	$	224,100	$	2,918	$	50,091	$	—	$	135,000	$	17,400	$	429,509
	2020	$	193,000	$	—	$	50,008	$	—	$	82,500	$	17,100	$	342,608
	2019	$	185,740	$	9,017	$	50,079	$	—	$	82,500	$	14,565	$	341,901

(1) This column represents the March 2021 payments and, in the case of Mr. Golden, the December 2021 accelerated payment of the supplemental cash bonus granted to each of the NEOs in 2021. The supplemental cash bonus was payable in equal amounts in March 2021 and January 2022 subject to the NEO’s continued employment with us in good standing through the vesting date.

(2) This column includes the grant date fair value of the performance-based RSUs and time-based RSUs granted to the NEOs in 2021. For the time-based RSUs and RSAs, grant date fair value is calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs or RSAs by the closing share price of Athene Class A common shares on the date of grant. For the Performance Awards, Athene has reported the grant date fair value assuming the probable outcome of satisfying the performance conditions. Assuming the probable outcome of performance conditions will be achieved, the grant date fair value of the 2021 Performance Awards would be as follows: $1,050,006; $1,125,003; $975,009; $500,027 and $25,046, for Messrs. Kvalheim, Wheeler, Klein, Golden and Tweed, respectively. Assuming the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved, the grant date fair value of the 2021 Performance Awards would be as follows: $2,100,013; $2,250,007; $1,950,018; $1,000,055 and $50,091 for Messrs. Wheeler, Kvalheim, Klein, Golden and Tweed, respectively.

(3) This column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted in 2021, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. With respect to the stock options, Athene measures the fair value of each stock option grant at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following represents the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for 2021: risk-free interest rate of 0.46%, dividend yield of 0.0%, volatility of 27% and expected life of 4.3 years.

(4) The amounts in this column represent annual cash incentive awards paid to the NEOs. Such amounts were determined by the executive committee of Athene's board of directors after the end of applicable year and were based on the achievement of financial, operational, and personal objectives.

(5) For 2021, these amounts include Athene’s 401(k) matching payment of $17,400 for Messrs. Kvalheim, Wheeler Klein, Golden and Tweed; housing allowances of $33,000 for Mr. Kvalheim; $33,174 for Mr. Klein for his residence in Iowa; taxable amounts of $93,309 for Mr. Kvalheim; $48,995 for Mr. Klein, for travel expenses from his principal residences to our office in Iowa; and Athene’s payment of tax preparation fees for Mr. Wheeler. Each of these amounts represent the cost paid directly to the NEO or service provider, as applicable.

2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table provides information about Athene awards granted to the NEOs in 2021: (1) the grant date; (2) the threshold, target and maximum estimated future payouts under annual incentive plan awards; (3) the number of stock options, RSAs and RSUs granted to the NEOs under Athene's 2019 Share Incentive Plan, based on the original share numbers granted, without adjustment for the Mergers; (4) the exercise price of the stock options; and (5) the grant date fair value of the share and option awards, computed in accordance with applicable SEC rules.

Table of Contents


Name of Executive	Grant Date		Estimated Future Payouts Under Annual Incentive Plan Awards(1)						Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards:(2) (#)			All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares or Units	All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options(3)	Exercise Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)		Grant Date Fair Value of Share and Option Awards(4)
			Threshold		Target		Maximum		Threshold	Target	Maximum
Grant Kvalheim	2/22/2021								5,628	22,513	45,026					$	1,050,006
	2/22/2021	(5)										11,257				$	525,026
	2/22/2021												49,296	$	46.64	$	525,002
	2/22/2021		$	—	$	1,520,000	$	3,040,000
	2/22/2021		$	—	$	925,000	$	1,850,000
William J. Wheeler	2/22/2021								6,030	24,121	48,242					$	1,125,003
	2/22/2021	(5)										12,061				$	562,525
	2/22/2021												52,817	$	46.64	$	562,501
	2/22/2021		$	—	$	1,575,000	$	3,150,000
Martin P. Klein	2/22/2021								5,226	20,905	41,810					$	975,009
	2/22/2021	(5)										10,453				$	487,528
	2/22/2021												45,775	$	46.64	$	487,504
	2/22/2021		$	—	$	1,222,000	$	2,444,000
John L. Golden	2/22/2021								2,680	10,721	21,442					$	500,027
	2/22/2021	(5)										5,361				$	250,037
	2/22/2021												23,475	$	46.64	$	250,009
	2/22/2021		$	—	$	693,000	$	1,386,000
Travis Tweed	2/22/2021								134	537	1,074					$	25,045
	2/22/2021											537				$	25,045
	2/22/2021		$	—	$	89,640	$	179,280

(1) The 2021 annual incentive awards for the NEOs were based on a combination of five overall corporate financial and operational goals, which for the NEOs other than Mr. Tweed comprised 75% of the award, as well as individualized performance goals, which comprised the other 25% of the award. For Mr. Tweed, the individualized performance goals comprised 100% of the award. The corporate performance component of the awards has a payout range between 0% and 168% of the corporate performance component. The overall payout range of the awards, including both the corporate performance component and the personal performance component of the award, is between 0% and 200% of the target amount.

(2) All equity incentive plan awards reported in this column represent Performance Awards. The Performance Awards cliff-vest after the 2021–2023 performance period provided the recipient is continuously employed during the period and, pursuant to their original terms, were payable only if Athene achieved specified goals based on two equally weighted performance metrics: cumulative adjusted operating income and adjusted book value per share, each for the three-year period. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, all performance RSUs and RSAs, including the 2021 Performance Awards, were converted into RSUs or RSAs of AGM based on the target level of performance with continued vesting on the same schedule as the original awards.

(3) The stock options granted on February 22, 2021 vest ratably over a three-year period provided the recipient remains employed through the applicable vesting date.

(4) For valuation methodology, see notes 2 and 3 to the 2021 Summary Compensation Table.

(5) The time-based RSUs vest ratably over three years provided the recipient remains employed through the applicable vesting date.

2021 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table provides information on the holdings of Athene's equity awards by the NEOs as of December 31, 2021. This table includes unexercised options and unvested Class A common shares and RSUs. Each equity grant is shown separately for each NEO. The vesting schedule for each outstanding award is shown in the notes to this table. This table reflects the share numbers as of December 31, 2021 and does not reflect the impact of the Mergers.

The warrants received by the NEOs in a February 2020 share exchange are not included in this table because following the exchange they were no longer deemed outstanding equity awards.

Table of Contents


				Option Awards					Stock Awards
Name of Executive	Grant Date	Grant Type		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) (Exercisable)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) (Unexercisable)	Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date (1)	Number of Shares of Stock or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested (#)	Market Value of Shares of Stock or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (2)		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares of Stock or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested (#) (3)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market Value of Unearned Shares of Stock or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested ($) (2)
Grant Kvalheim	6/6/2016	Options		36,450		$	33.95	6/6/2026
	3/21/2017	Options		22,535		$	51.25	3/21/2027
	2/27/2018	Options		22,535		$	48.05	2/27/2028
	4/3/2019	Options		30,069	15,035	$	42.44	4/3/2029
	2/21/2020	Options		13,604	27,208	$	49.71	2/21/2030
	2/22/2021	Options			49,296	$	46.64	2/22/2031
	4/3/2019	RSU	(4)						3,437	$	286,405
	4/3/2019	RSA	(5)									20,618	$	1,718,098
	2/21/2020	RSU	(4)						5,868	$	488,980
	2/21/2020	RSU	(6)									17,603	$	1,466,858
	2/22/2021	RSU	(4)						11,257	$	938,046
	2/22/2021	RSU	10									22,513	$	1,876,008
William J. Wheeler	6/6/2016	Options		64,323		$	33.95	6/6/2026
	3/21/2017	Options		39,767		$	51.25	3/21/2027
	2/27/2018	Options		39,767		$	48.05	2/27/2028
	4/3/2019	Options		34,364	17,183	$	42.44	4/3/2029
	2/21/2020	Options		15,547	31,095	$	49.71	2/21/2030
	2/22/2021	Options			52,817	$	46.64	2/22/2031
	4/3/2019	RSU	(4)						3,928	$	327,320
	4/3/2019	RSA	(5)									23,563	$	1,963,505
	2/21/2020	RSU	(4)						6,706	$	558,811
	2/21/2020	RSU	(6)									20,117	$	1,676,350
	2/22/2021	RSU	(4)						12,061	$	1,005,043
	2/22/2021	RSU	(6)									24,121	$	2,010,003
Martin P. Klein	6/6/2016	Options		32,162		$	33.95	6/6/2026
	3/21/2017	Options		26,512		$	51.25	3/21/2027
	2/27/2018	Options		26,512		$	48.05	2/27/2028
	4/3/2019	Options		29,210	14,605	$	42.44	4/3/2029
	2/21/2020	Options		13,215	26,431	$	49.71	2/21/2030
	2/22/2021	Options			45,775	$	46.64	2/22/2031
	4/3/2019	RSU	(4)						3,339	$	278,239
	4/3/2019	RSA	(5)									20,029	$	1,669,017
	2/21/2020	RSU	(4)						5,700	$	474,981
	2/21/2020	RSU	(6)									17,100	$	1,424,943
	2/22/2021	RSU	(4)						10,453	$	871,048
	2/22/2021	RSU	(6)									20,905	$	1,742,014
John L. Golden	6/6/2016	Options		17,153		$	33.95	6/6/2026
	3/21/2017	Options		10,605		$	51.25	3/21/2027
	2/27/2018	Options		10,605		$	48.05	2/27/2028
	4/3/2019	Options		15,464	7,732	$	42.44	4/3/2029
	2/21/2020	Options		6,996	13,993	$	49.71	2/21/2030
	2/22/2021	Options			23,475	$	46.64	2/21/2030
	4/3/2019	RSU	(6)									10,604	$	883,631
	2/21/2020	RSU	(4)						1,509	$	125,745
	2/21/2020	RSU	(6)									9,053	$	754,386

Table of Contents


	2/22/2021	RSU	(4)	3,574	$	297,821
	2/22/2021	RSU	(6)				10,721	$	893,381
Travis Tweed	4/3/2019	RSU	(4)	197	$	16,416
	4/3/2019	RSU	(6)				590	$	49,164
	2/21/2020	RSU	(4)	336	$	27,998
	2/21/2020	RSU	(6)				503	$	41,914
	2/22/2021	RSU	(4)	537	$	44,748
	2/22/2021	RSU	(6)				537	$	44,748

(1) This column reports the expiration date for stock options. Time-based stock options vest ratably over a three-year period.

(2) As of December 31, 2021, the fair market value of a Class A common share was 83.33.

(3) According to the original terms of the awards, the number of performance-based RSUs or RSAs that ultimately vest is based on actual performance during the three-year performance period. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement with AGM, all performance RSUs and RSAs were converted into RSUs or RSAs of AGM based on the target level of performance with continued vesting on the same schedule as the original awards. The number of performance-based RSUs or RSAs reflected in this column is based on the number of performance-based RSUs or RSAs that would vest assuming the target level of performance is achieved.

(4) This row shows the number of time-based RSUs, which vest ratably over a three-year period.

(5) This row shows the number of performance-based RSAs, which according to their original terms cliff-vest after a three-year period, assuming performance conditions have been met at the target level of performance. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement with AGM, all performance RSAs were converted into RSAs of AGM based on the target level of performance with continued vesting on the same schedule as the original awards.

(6) This row shows the number of performance-based RSUs, which according to their original terms cliff-vest after a three-year period, assuming performance conditions have been met. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement with AGM, all performance RSUs were converted into RSUs of AGM based on the target level of performance with continued vesting on the same schedule as the original awards.

2021 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table

The following table provides information for the NEOs on the number of Class A common shares acquired upon exercise of stock options and vesting of stock awards in 2021 and the value realized at such time. This table reflects the share numbers as of December 31, 2021 and does not reflect the impact of the Mergers.


	Option Awards(2)			Stock Awards
Name	Number of Shares Acquired on Conversion (#)	Value Realized on Conversion ($)		Number of Class A Common Shares Acquired on Vesting (#)		Value Realized on Vesting ($)
Grant Kvalheim	—	$	—	13,569	(1)	$	599,390
William J. Wheeler	—	$	—	19,982	(1)	$	886,768
Martin P. Klein	—	$	—	14,656	(1)	$	648,756
John L. Golden	—	$	—	11,728	(2)	$	692,673
Travis Tweed	—	$	—	723	(1)	$	31,770

(1) Comprised of RSUs, which vested on January 1, 2021 with a market value of $43.14 per share, and RSAs, which vested on February 28, 2021 with a market value of $45.59.

(2) Comprised of RSUs, a portion of which vested on January 1, 2021 with a market value of $43.14 per share and a portion of which vested on December 23, 2021 in connection with the Merger with AGM, with a market value of $78.71 per share.

2021 Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control at Fiscal Year-End

The information below describes and quantifies certain compensation that would have become payable under existing plans and arrangements if the NEO’s employment had terminated on December 31, 2020. These benefits are in addition to benefits available generally to salaried employees, such as distributions under Athene's 401(k) Plan, disability benefits and accrued vacation pay. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any amounts actually paid or distributed may be different. Factors that could affect these amounts include the time during the year of any such event and the executive’s age.

Table of Contents

Equity Awards

The Athene equity awards issued to the NEOs, including time-based RSUs, performance-based RSUs, performance-based RSAs, time-based stock options and time-based Class A restricted shares, will vest in full upon a termination of service by Athene without cause or by the participant for good reason, in each case, within 18 months following a change in control. In the case of performance-based RSUs and performance-based RSAs, the payout would have been be based on the target level of the award. In the event a participant’s termination of service results from the participant’s death or disability, each such equity award will vest in full. In addition, upon the retirement of a participant, performance-based RSUs and performance-based RSAs will vest on a pro rata basis in accordance with the time elapsed in the performance period.

The following table provides the cumulative intrinsic value (that is, the value based upon Athene's share price as of December 31, 2021 which was $83.33, less the exercise price of any option awards) of all equity awards that would vest if (i) the NEO terminated employment as a result of voluntary retirement as of December 31, 2021, (ii) the NEO terminated employment as a result of death or disability as of December 31, 2021, (iii) the NEO was terminated without cause or terminated employment for good reason as of December 31, 2021, (iv) the NEO was terminated without cause or terminated employment for good reason within 18 months following a change in control of Athene as of December 31, 2021, or (v) there was a sale of Athene or change in control as of December 31, 2021.

2021 Potential Equity Benefits upon Change in Control and Termination Table(1)


Name	Retirement(2)		Death or Disability		Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason		Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason within 18 months following a Change in Control		Change in Control
Grant Kvalheim	$	2,996,319	$	8,165,014	$	—	$	8,165,014	$	—
William J. Wheeler	$	3,351,387	$	9,331,910	$	—	$	9,331,910	$	—
Martin P. Klein	$	2,853,254	$	8,066,729	$	—	$	8,066,729	$	—
John L. Golden	$	1,506,702	$	3,892,265	$	—	$	3,892,265	$	—
Travis Tweed	$

Filing Compare · Athene Annuity & Life Co